Cause and Effect

KIM THU
Patricia Ackert Gidi thieu va chu giai
R E I\ \ K V
D O C H IE II T IM G A N H
T R IN H D O N flN G CRO
Kl
u
I NT ERMEDI AT E R E A D I N G P R A C T I C E
(YEN
EU
C O SlfA CH &A v a k e m b a i t a p k ie m t r a
m
JJ
SJHA X U A T B A N V A N H O A T H O N G TIN
C A U SE AND E F F E C T
Intermediate Reading Practice
Patricia ackert
Kim Thu chu giai
NHA XUAT BAN VAN HOA - THONG TIN

CAUSE AND EFFEC T
CONTENT
To the Instructor
Unit I Explorers
'' 1. Burke and Wills - Across Australia 3
2. Alexandra David - Neel - A French Woman in Tibet 10
1 3 . Vitus Bering - Across Siberia to North America 19
4. Robert Scott - A Race to the South Pole 27
5. Mary Kingsley - Victorian Explorer 38
Unit II W orld Issues

■G). World Population Growth 51
2. Changes in the Family " 63
3. Women and Change 72
C Rain Forests 82
5. Green peace 4 91
Unit III A M ishm ash (A Hodgepodge)

7^ The Roadrunner 103
2. Afraid to Fly " 112
3. Handwriting Analysis 122
4. Skyscrapers 133
5. Left - Handedness 142
Unit IV Science
1. A Biosphere in Space 153
2. Volcanoes 162
3. Snow and hail 173
4. Photovoltaic Cells - Energy source o f the Future 181
5 Biological Clocks 191
in
CAUSE AND EFFEC T
Unit_V M edicine and Health

1. Headaches 203
2. Sleep and dreams ‘ 212
3. The Common Cold 222
4. CPR 232
5. Blushing and Shyness -V 241
T ests w ith a n sw ers 251
Unit
EXPLORERS I
A LA SK A
\ (J>rK
v/ ' ------'
B u r k e
a n d Vitus
W ills Bering’
Robert Scott
NEPAL _
M ary J/jAlexandra
K.ing*siey INDIA A David-Neel
1
These rough notes and ou r dead bodies must tell the tale.
Robert Scott's Diary
BURKE AND WILLS-
1
ACROSS AUSTRALIA
Australia is a huge country, and the out-back very large
(the Australian word for the interior o f the country)
is desert. Some years it rains only 8 centimeters in Change into, become
the outback, but other years rainstorms turn the
desert into sandy swamps.
Until the eighteenth century, only aborigines 100 years
lived in Australia. These are tall, thin, brown
skinned people, the first people in Australia. When
Europeans went there to live, they built towns on
the coast. However, by the 1850s, people began
thinking more about the interior.
In 1860, Robert O'Hara Burke, a police officer
from Ireland, was chosen to lead an expedition
across the continent from south to north. He took
with him William John Wills and 1 1 other men,
camels, horses, and enough supplies for a year and a
half. They left Melbourne for the Gulf of
CarpeHaria on August 20, winter in the southern
hemisphere. half of the earth
The expedition had problems from the
beginning. Burke had no experience in the outback.
The men fought and would not follow orders. Twice
they left some o f their supplies so they could move
faster, and later sent one o f the men, William
Wright, back for them.
Finally, a small group led by Burke moved on
ahead o f the others to a river named Cooper's Creek
interior (n) [in'tiorio] : vi'ing d a l ben tro n g

expedition (n) [.ckspi'di/n] : choc tlidin lueti
hemisphere (n) [’hemisfio] : b an c a n
hug e(adj) [hju:d3] : l on g Urn
3
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
and set up their base camp. They were halfway across

the continent, but it was summer now, with very hot
weather and sandstorms.
They waited for a month for Wright, and then
Burke decided that four from his small group, with 3
months' supplies, should travel the 1250 kilometers to
the north coast as quickly as possible. They told the
others to wait for them at Cooper's Creek.
The journey across the desert was very difficult,
but at the end o f January they reached the Flinders
River near the Gul f o f Carpentaria.
They started their return journey, but now it was
the rainy season and traveling was slow and even
more difficult than their trip north. They did not have
enough food, and the men became hungry and sick.
Then one o f them died. Some o f the camels died or
were killed for food.
Finally, on April 21, they arrived back at
Cooper's Creek, only to find that no one was there.
The rest o f the expedition left the day before because
they thought Burke must be dead.
The three men continued south, but without
enough food, both Burke and Wills died. Aborigines
helped the last man alive, and a s e ar c h p a r t y found search = look for/party
him in September 1861. He was half crazy from
= a group of people
hunger and loneliness.
There were many reasons that the expedition did
not go as it was planned, it had an inexperienced
leader, the men made bad de cisions, some did not
follow orders, and they did not get a l o n g . But they
were the first expedition to cross Australia, and
noun for decide be
Burke and Wills are still known as heroes of
exploration. friendly, not fight
sand storm (n) [siendsto:m] : bao cat

search party (n) [so:Lf] ; m ot d m tun h e m
aborigine (n) [,a;bo'rid3in] : tho dan
get along (v) [get e’b r | ] : lioa licrp, doan ket
4
explorers
A. V ocabulary
In this book, difficult words are repeated several times in the exercises.
These words are also repeated and reviewed in other lessons. It is not
necessary to list new English words with their meanings in your own
language. You will learn them just by practicing. In each lesson, when you
read the text the first time, underline the words that you don't know. Then
you can give yourself a test when you finish the lesson, look at the words
you underlined and see if you understand them. If you don't know them yet,
this is the time to memorize them.
In the vocabulary exercises in this book, write the correct word in each
blank.Use each word only once. Use capital letters where they are necessary.
exploration /I decision ^hemisphere 4ex Per'ence

(j continents ^ ahead expedition Ccentury
âborigines 5Sets along 2-base ^Qheroes
1. Please decide what you want to do. You must make a _________________ .
2. In baseball, a player hits the ball and runs to first_____________________.
3. The dark- skinned first Australians are c a ll e d ________________________ .
4. Do you have a n y _______________ as a secretary, or is this your first job?
5. Kumiko ______________ well with everyone. She is always nice and
never fights with people.
6. The years 1900 - 1999 are the twentieth_______________.
7. Tom saw some c h il d r e n ______________o f him in the street while he was
driving home, so he slowed down.
8. Asia is in the n o r th e r n ______________ .
9. Africa, Antarctica, Asia, Australia, Europe, North America, and South
America are the s e v e n ______________.
10. People who win in the Olympic Games a r e __________ in their countries.
Continent (n) ['kontinont] : chan luc ,lnc clia

decision (n) [di'si3n] : sirquyet dinli
experience (n) [iks'pieriens] : kinli ngliiem
hero (n) [’hierou] : anh hung
5
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
h tQ Q Q
B. V o c a b u l a r y
Do this exercise like Exercise A
chosen jexpedition experience êxploration
^'huge 1 interior Gjourney ^party
searching Jsupplies /jswamps upturned into
1. Burke and Wills led a n ______________into the interior o f Australia

2. Christopher Columbus w a s ______________ for a ne w wa y to go to India
3. Canada is a ______________country, one o f the biggest in the world.
4. Birds like to live i n ___________ because there is a lot o f water and food
5. We use one kind of paint for t h e ______________ o f a house and another
kind for the exterior.
6. It is a l o n g ______________from Melbourne to London.
7. A s e a r c h ______________was sent to find Burke and Wills' expedition.
8. Most o f the earth has been explored. Now we are in the age of space
______________ , searching for more information about the stars, the
moon, and other planets besides earth.
9. The secretary ordered paper, pens, and o t h e r _____________ for the office
10. Carlos started to study hard a n d ______________ a good student.
C. T r u e / False
Write T if the sentence is true, write F if it is false. If a question is false,
change it to make it true, or explain why it is false.
An asterisk (*) before a question means it is either an inference or an
opinion question. You cannot find a sentence in the text with the answer.
You have to use the information in the text and things you already know and
then decide on the answer.
_______L The first Europeans in Australia built villages in the outback
because there were too many aborigines on the coast.
_______2 .1 he Burke and Wills expedition crossed Australia from south to north.
_____ *3. December is a summer month in Australia.
supply (n) [so'plai] : ngtion tai Ira, vien tro

exterior (n) [cks'tiorio] : ben ngoai
exploration (n) [, ekspb:'rci/n] : s tf llidm liieu
p lan et (n) ['plicnit] : I,an li n ull
6
EXPLORERS
_______4. Much o f the interior o f Australia is swampy all year long.

______ 5. Eleven men crossed Australia with Burke and Wills.
_______*6. Burke and Wills did not have enough food for their journey back
to Cooper's Creek because the rain slowed them down.
______*7. The aborigines could help the last man alive because they
understood how to live in the desert.
________ 8. Burke was a good leader for this expedition.
D. C om prehension Questions
Answ er these questions in complete sentences. An asterisk (*) means it is

either an inference or an opinion question. You cannot find the exact
ans wer in the text.
1. Where did the first Europeans live when they went to Australia?
*2. Why were camels good animals for this expedition?
3. Why did the men leave some o f their supplies behind them?
4. Why was it difficult to travel in the interior o f Australia?
5. What happened to some o f the camels?
6. Na m e two reasons why this expedition had so many problems.
*7. Do you think Burke and Wills should be called heroes of exploration? Why?
E. M ain Idea
What is the main idea o f paragraph 4 (lines 20-25)?
1. Robert Burke led this expedition.

2. The expedition had many problems.
3. Burke had no experience in the outback.
swampy (adj) ['swompi] : lay loi

leader (n) ['li:do] : ngifcri dan dan
7
CAUSE AND EFFECT
WORD STUDY
A. Tw o-w ord Verbs
English has many two-word verbs. Each o f the two words is easy, but when
they are put together, they mean something different. There is often no way
to guess what they mean. You have to learn each one. Learn these and then
fill in the blanks with the right words. Use the right verb form.
turn into - changc into, become

get along (with) - not fight, be friendly
break down - s t o p going or working (often about a car)
call on - when someone, usually a teacher, asks someone to speak
put away - put something in the place it belongs.
1 Our washing machine _____ t________ yesterday and I couldn’t finish

washing my clothes.
2. Tommy and his little brother don't ______________ very well. They fight
about something almost every day.
3. Ali knew the answer when the t e a c h e r ______________ him.
4. It was rainy this morning, but now' it h a s ______________ a beautiful day.
5. Mary doesn’t us ually______________ her clothes. She just leaves them on
a chair or the bed.
B. Articles (a, an, the)
There are so many rules about articles that it is easier just to get used to them
by practicing than to learn all the rules. However, you will learn a few of the
rules later in this book. Here are some sentences or parts o f sentences from
the text. Put an article in the blank if it is necessary.
1. Other years rainstorms turn____________ desert into sandy swamps.

2. Until eighteenth century, only aborigines lived
in Australia.
turn into (v) [to:n ’intu:, ’into] n o lien

break down (v) [brcik] hong
put away (v) [put o'wei] cat di
call on (v) [ko :1 on] glie tham
8
explorers
3. Iii I860, _____________ Robert O'Hara Burke, ______________ police

officer from Ireland was. chosen to lead _______________ expedition
across______________ continent from south to north.
4. He took with him William John Wills, __________ eleven other men,
_____ c a m e l s . __________ horses, and enough supplies for________
year and___________half.
5. expedition had___________problems from__________ beginning.
6. men fought and would not follow___________ orders.
C. C on text C lues
It is not necessary to look up every new word in the dictionary. You can
often tell what the word means from the sentence it is in, or from the
sentence after it. For example, the word aborigines in line 6 is explained in
the next sentence. What are aborigines?
Always look for this kind o f sentence when you are reading. Don't look
up the word in your dictionary.
Here are some sentences from the other four lessons in this unit. Tell
what each word in bold print means.
1. She started working as a journalist, writing articles about Asia and

Buddhism for English and French magazines and newspapers.
2. Scott took ponies (small horses) and a few dogs.
3. She helped to start anthropology, the study o f people's customs and
lives, in Africa.
4. Europeans bought ivory, which comes from elephants, and other things
from Africans.
5. She met trad ers there, European men who bought ivory and other things
from Africans and sold them things from Europe.
6. M ission aries went to Africa to teach Christianity.
journalist (n) [’d3e:nelist] n lia b a o

pony (n) [’pouni] n g i/a c o n
anthropology (n) [,icn()re'p.'>lod3i] n h d n c lu in g h o c
ivory (n) ['aivori ] ngu ro i
missionary (n) ['mi/nori] n g ifd 'i t ru y e n d u o
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
ALEXANDRA
DAVID - NEEL - A FRENCH
WOMAN IN TIBET 2
Tibet has been a secret and mysterious country to
the rest o f the world for several centuries, it is on a high, flat land
high p la te au in Asia, surrounded by even higher lines between countries
mountains, and only a few foreigners were able to
cross its b o r d e r s until recently.
One o f these foreigners was a French woman
named Alexandra David-Neel (1868-1969). She
traveled by herself in India, China, and Tibet. She
studied the Buddhist religion, wrote articles and books
about it, and collected a nc ie nt Buddhist books. She very old
also became a Buddhist herself
Alexandra always said she had an unhappy
childhood. She escaped her unhappiness by reading got away from
books on adventure and travel. She ran away from
school several times and even ran away to England
when she was only sixteen.
She was a singer for several years, but in 1903 she
started working as a journalist, writing articles about
Asia and Buddhism for English and French magazines
and newspapers. The next year, when she was thirty-
seven. she married Philippe-Franôis Neel. It was a
strange marriage. After five days together, they
moved to different cities and never lived together again.
plateau (n) [’pLctou] c a o n g tty e n

border(n) [’b . v d n ] b ie n g u n
ancient (adj) ['em/ ont] co
Buddhism ui) [ 'budi st] duo phot
10
EXPLORERS
Vet lie supported her all his life, and she wrote him Yet but/supported
hundreds o f letters full of details about her travels. ga'.t her money to live on
She traveled all over Europe and North Africa, but

she went to India in 1911 to study Buddhism, and then
her real travels began. She traveled in India and in Nepal
and Sikkim, the small countries north o f India in the
Himalaya Mountains, but her goal was Tibet. She
continued to study Buddhism and learned to speak
Tibetan. She traveled to villages and religious centers,
with only an interpreter and a few men to carry her
cam p in g equipment. For several months she lived in a
cave in Sikkim and studied Buddhism and the Tibetan
language. Then she adopted a fifteen-year-old Sikkimese
boy to travel with her. He. remained with her until his
death at the age o f fifty-five.
For the next 7 years she traveled in remote areas of
China. These were years o f civil war in China, and she 0° C or
was often in danger. She traveled for thousands of colder
kilometers on horseback with a few men to help her,
through desert heat, sandstorms, and the rain, snow, and
freezing temperatures o f the colder areas.
In 1924, David - Ne el was fifty-six years old. She
darkened her skin and dressed as an old beggar. She
carried only a beggar's bowl and a backpack and traveled
through hot lowlands and snowy mountain passes until
not allowed
she reached the border of Tibet. Because she spoke
Tibetan so well, she was able to cross the border and
reach the famous city of Lhasa without anyone knowing
that she was European and forbidden to be there. It not allowed
was often freezing cold, and sometimes there wasn't
enough food. Sometimes she was sick, and once she nearly
support (v) [so'p v t] c u n g c a p . lo t n o

goal (n) [goul] n in e d ic l i
cave (n) [ke.v] lia n g d o n g
besmear (n) f'bceol ngitt'ti a n .xin
11
CAU SE AN D EFFECT
died. This was the most dangerous o f all her journeys, but she search for
reached her goal and collected more information about nc« information
Tibetan Buddhism.
She returned to France in 1925. She spent several years
writing about her r e s e a r c h and adventures and translating
ancient Tibetan religious b o o k s . When she was sixty-six, she
returned to China and the Tibetan border area for 10 years
In 1944, the Second World war reached even that remote
area, and at the age o f seventy-six she walked for days,
sometimes without food, until she was able to reach a place
where she could fly to India and then home to France. She
continued writing and translating until she died, just 7 weeks
before her 101st birthday.
Most explorers traveled to discover and map new places.
David-Neel went to do research on Buddhism. She said that
freedom was the most important thing in life for her, and like
many other explorers, she lived a dangerous, exciting, free life.
A. Vocabulary
Write the correct word in each blank. Use each word only once and use
capital letters if they are necessary
civil war temperature freezes border
mysterious article ancient discovered
caves journalist remote forbidden
equipment adventure beggars plateau
1. It would be a g r e a t ___ to travel in Tibet on horseback.
2. There is an interesting ___ in the newspaper today about Tibet.
3. You can f i n d ______________ asking for money in most countries
4. When Ali got to his car, h e ______________ that he had a parking ticket.
5. Some ancient North American Indians lived in_________ . Others built houses.
6. Smoking i s __________ in the front rows in airplanes.
research (n) [ri'se:t/, ’ri:so:t/] s it lighten cihi

translate (v) [tr<cnz'lcit] d ic li. p h ie n d ic li
remote (adj) [ri'mout] heo la n It, ,\u xrii
exciting (n) [ik'saitiri] hi'fng ih ii
12
EXPLORERS
7. When w a t e r _____________ it turns into ice.
8. Did you bring all the sports ____________ for our picnic?
9. The Himalayas are on the _ between China and India.
10. A collects information and then writes articles about it
for magazines and newspaper.
1 1. The language o f ____________ Egypt was different from the modern
Egyptian language.
12. The united States had a between the northern and
southern states from 1861 to 865.
B. V ocabulary
Rem embe r to underline the words you don't know as you read the text and
then test yourself when you finish the lesson.
plateau escaped area mysterious
details surrounded support journalist
yet - research border religion
adopted - temperature remote frozen
1. It's hot today. What is t h e ____

2. Northern Siberia i s ______________ from Russian cities.
3. A ______________ noise woke me up in the middle o f the night.
4. Mr. and Mrs. Thompson ______________ a baby because they couldn’t
have any children o f their own.
5. What is y o u r ______________ ? Are you a Christian?
6. Most English paragraphs have a main idea and supporting_____________.
7. Parents u s u a l l y ______________ their children until the children finish
school. The parents pay for everything the children need.
8. Dr. Garcia is d o i n g ______________ for space exploration.
9. Tibet is a remote cou ntry ,______________ tourists go there now.
10. A m a n ______________ from prison last night. He is dangerous.
1 1. Our house is ______________ by big trees.
12. Tibet is on a ______________ north o f the Himalayas.
13. There are a lot o f apartment buildings in t h e _________around the university.
surround (v) [se'raund] : bi bao boc

frozen (pp) (of past participle) [fri:z] : b i dong bang
mysterious (adj) [mis'tieries] : liuyen bi
religion (n) [ri'l id3 on] : ton giao
13
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
C. M ultiple C h oice
Circle the letter o f the best answer. An asterisk (*) means it is an inference
or opinion question, and you cannot find the answer in a sentence in the text
1. Alexandra David-Nee! went to Asia t o ______________ _

a. study Buddhism
b. lead an expedition
c. adopt a son
2. When she was a child, she read to______________ .
a. become a Buddhist
b. escape her unhappiness
c. learn about Europe
3. After she got m ar r ie d , ______________ .
a. she lived in Europe with her husband for several years
b. her husband supported her
c. her husband traveled in Europe with her
*4. It is possible that s h e ______________
a. took photographs during her travels
b. had a car w he n she lived in a cave
c. spoke Tibetan to her Indian friends
5. The country she wanted most to visit w a s ______________ .
a. India
b. China
c. Tibet
6. Her travels in C hi na were dangerous b e c a u s e ______________ .
a. there was a civil wa r
b. she was traveling on horseback
c. she was a beggar
adopt sb (v) [o'd.Tpt] : chain, m idi ai

dangerous (adj) ['dcind^ros] : ngny hiein
14
EXPLORERS
7. David-Neel said t h a t ______________.

a. she wasn't afraid o f danger
b. freedom was very important to her
c. she wanted her husband to travel with her
D. C om prehension Questions
Always answer the comprehension questions with complete sentences.
1. Why is Tibet a mysterious country?

*2. Why did Alexandra run away from school?
3. What is a journalist?
4. Why was her marriage strange?
5. What did she do when she was living in a cave?
6. What does rem ote ureas mean?
7. Why didn't the Tibetans know she was a foreigner?
8 What kind o f work did she do after her last trip0
*9. Do you think she lived a free life? Why?
E. M ain idea
1. Alexandra read books on travel and adventure.

2. Alexandra ran away from school several times.
3. Alexandra had an unhappy childhood.
CAUSE A N D EKFECI
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Forms
Choose the right word form for each sentence. Use a word from line I ir|
sentence 1, and so on. Use the right verb forms and singular or plural nouns
Verb Noun Adjcctive A d verb
1. mystify mystery mysterious mysteriously

2. surround surroundings
3. beg beggar
4. religion religious religiously
5. adventure adventurous adventurously
6. supply supply
7. equip equipment
8. adopt adoption
9. discover- discovery
10. decide decision decidedlv
1. I saw an exciting television program last night. It was a ___________ .

2. Dan drove so fast on his vacation trip that he hardly saw h i s __________
3. Small children often ___________ to go with their parents when the
parents go out at night.
4. Alexandra David-Neel was a very woman
5. David-Neel was also v e r y ________
6. The company was unable t o _____ most o f the things we ordered.
7. The Browns are going t o ________ their truck with a telephone
8. It is very difficult t o ____________children in the United States today.
9. Captain James Cook is famous for t h e _________ o f many Pacific islands
10a.Sometimes it is difficult to make a g o o d ________ on a difficult problem.
1Ob.David-Neel was a adventurous woman. There is no question about it.
beg (v) [beg] xin an

equip (v) [i'kwip] trang bi
d isc ove r(v ) [dis'kAve] khdin phd
16
EXPLORERS
B. Articles
\ and an are used to show that the noun after it is one o f a group.
John Burke was an explorer. (He was one o f all the explorers in history.)
Maria is a student. (She is one o f all the students in the world.)
There is an apple in the refrigerator. (Tliis is one of all the apples in the world.)
The is used to show the noun is one special, particular, specific noun or nouns.
John Burke and William John Wills were the first explorers to cross
Australia.
Maria is the best student in the class.
There is an apple in the refrigerator. (We know that we are talking about
the refrigerator in our kitchen.)
Put the right article in the blanks.
1. Australia i s ___________ huge country.
2. The USSR i s ___________ largest country in the world in area.
3. journalist who wrote this article is a friend o f mine.
4. David-Neel w a s ___________ journalist.
5. Would you please c l o s e ___________ door?
6. Her office i s ___________ first one on the left.
7. professor called you today, but 1 don’t know who it was.
8. Wh o w a s ___________ worst teacher you ever had?
C. C o m p ou n d W ords
Compound words are common in English. They are two words put together, and
the meaning o f the compound word is related to the meaning o f the two words.
Th e y are not like two-word verbs where the meaning is different from the
meaning o f each word by itself.
Put these compound words in the right blanks.
horseback sandstorm snowstorm keyhole

mailbox sidewalk doorbell weekend
horseback (n) [’h x s b i e k ]

mailbox (n) [meil’boks]
doorbell (n) [’doibel]
keyhole (n) [’ki:houl]
17
CA U SE A N D EFFKfl
Barbara couldn't drive to her parents’ last week because there was a
___________ and it was very cold
Abdullah looks in h i s __________ every day and he usually finds a Icttcrl
A ___________ is a place for people to walk at the side o f the street.
When you unlock a door, you put your key in the ___________ .
T h e ___________ rang, and Susan went to answer the door
Did you ever g o ___________ riding?
D. Context Clues
You can often guess the meaning o f a word from the sentence even if thf
sentence doesn't explain the word exactly. For example, in the next lesson. J
sentence says *They lost a lot o f their food when one o f the ships sank ini
storm. "What could a storm do to a ship so that the food was lost? The shij
probably went down into the water to the bottom o f the ocean When yo<
can guess easily what the word means from the sentence, don't look up th|
word in your dictionary .
Now practice w ith these new words from the next lessons. Circle the letter 01
the best meaning of the bold word
I Please w rite your co m p l e te name, not just your fa m ik name
a. first b. whole c. first and last
2. David-Neel had to go to China first in ord er to go to Tibet
a. to b. by c. for
3. This book includes lessens on explorers, science, and medicine.
a. has in it
b. has complete information
c. has only
4. On my last flight to London, there was a delay o f three hours because ofl
bad weather. 1 waited in an airport restaurant.
a. danger b. line c. wait
5. After three weeks at sea, the sailors were happy to go ashore in Singapore
a. for the weekend b. to the land c. swimmingCr
6. After the decade o f 1990-1999. it will be the twenty-first century ,
a. 100 years b. 10 years c. 50 years
complete (adj) [kom'pli.t] d a y du Jinan clnnli

in order to do st (v) dc la m gi
include (v) [in'klu:d] b an goin, kt'in then
delay (v) [dl'|ci] H i Ik k J ii
18
VITUS BERING - ACROSS
SIBERIA TO NORTH AMERICA
In 1733, the most complete scientific
expedition in history up to that time left St.
Petersburg (now called Leningrad), Russia, to
explore the east coast o f Siberia and discover if Asia
and North America were joined. The scientists
planned to report on everything: the geography,
climate, plants, and animals, and the customs and
languages o f the Siberian people.
The expedition had to cross Siberia in order to
reach the Pacific Ocean. Vitus Bering, the leader o f
the whole expedition, left St. Petersburg with almost
600 people. The group included a few scientists, to
skilled workers of all kinds, soldiers, and sailors.
Alexei Chirikov left later with most o f the scientists
and tons o f supplies.
It took 7 years for Bering’s and Chirikov's
groups to cross Siberia. They traveled mostly in flat- *iac* ‘n
bottomed boats on the rivers. Bering's group spent a
year in Tobolsk where they built a ship and explored
the Ob River. They continued to Yakutsk where
they spent 4 years. Yakutsk was only a small
village, so they had to build their own buildings
because there were so many people in the
expedition. They also built boats and explored the
Lena River. Then they moved o?Tto Okhotsk on the
eastern coast. It took two more years to build ships
so they could explore and map the east coast.
Bering made careful plans, but there were always
problems.. For example, they lost a lot o f their food
when one o f the ships s a n k in a storm. But finally.
report (v) [ri’po :t] llid n g b o o . b a o c a o

supplies (n) [so'plaio] IlfCfllg 11nfc
fiat - bottom (n) ['flict'botomd] c o d a y being (tliu yen )
ship (n) [/ip] tan
19
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
Q Q
their two ships started for North America. They had went to the bottom of
only one summer instead of two years for their the ocean
explorations because o f the many problems and delays.
And summers are short in the north.
There was more bad luck. There were storms, and
the two ships were s e p a r a t e d , but at last the sailors on moved apart
Bering’s ship saw mountains a short distance across
the sea. This proved that North America and Asia
were two separate continents.
Their problems continued. Their water supply was
low, but when the men went ashore in Alaska, they got
water that was a little salty. Many o f the men were
sick from scurvy, a disease caused by the lack o f not enough of or none
vitamin C. When they drank the salty water, they
became even sicker. Then they started dying, one after
another.
As the ship sailed south, back toward Okhotsk, it
became lost in storms. Finally, a storm drove it onto a
small island, and the men knew their ship could not
sail again. They were in a place with no trees, but
there were birds and animals for food, and fresh water
to drink. However, it was too late for many o f them.
Men continued to die from scurvy, and on December
8, 1741, Bering died and was buried on the island
which is now named for him. When spring came, the
few remaining men were able to build a small ship
from the wood in the old one and leave the island.
By this time, the Russian government had lost
interest in the North Pacific. Bering's reports were sent
back to St. Petersburg and forgotten. Decades one decade = ten vears
later, people realized that Bering was a great explorer.
sink (v) [sir|k] : dam , chi in

instead of (adv) [in’stcd] : thay the
separate (v) ['scpret] : tacli bier, rieng le
lack of s t(v ) [lack] : thieu cat gi
de c ad e (n ) ['dekeid] : thqp m en , thap ky
20
EXPLORERS
His expedition gathered important scientific

information about the interior o f Siberia, made maps
o f the eastern coast, and discovered a new part o f
North America. Today we have the Bering Sea
between Siberia and Alaska to r em i nd us o f the make us remember
leader o f this great scientific expedition.
A. V ocabulary
complete realize included delay

distance bury gather history
remind sink separate lack
1. They could see something in the ___________ , but they couldn't tell
w hat it was.
2. Did you study t h e __________ o f your country in school?
3. Mr. and Mrs. Baker drive to work in __________ cars because they
work in different places.
4. P l e a s e _____________me to buy some bread, or I might forget.
5. In some restaurants, the waiter's tip i s ____________ in the bill. In others
you leave it separately.
6. You should do t h e _________ lesson foi tomorrow's homework. Do
all the exercises.
7. There will be a short while the chemistry professor gets
the equipment ready.
8. He didn't what time it was, and he got to class late,
9. Wood doesn't in water. Rocks do.
10. Burke's expedition failed partly because o f his of
experience in the Australian outback.
great (adj) [grcit] i f dai

remind (v) [ri'maind] iihdc nliri
bury (v) ['bcri] chon car
realize (v) [’riolaiz] nhdn ra
distance (n) ['distpns] khodng cdcli
21
CAUSE AND EFFECT
B. Vocabulary
climate in order to bury gathered
custom ashore fresh skilled
complete decade vitamin scurv\
1. Ali is studying English go to an American university.

2. In many countries it is the__________ to _______people whe n they die.
3. A n n _______________ up her books and papers and left the library
4. caused by the lack o f vitamin C, was a problem on ships
on long trips.
5. North Africa has a desert
6. A century is 100 years. A is 10.
7. Electricians and mechanics are _______________ workers.
8. After a half hour in the water, the children s w a m _______ and dried off
9. People cannot drink sea water. They n e e d ______________ water
10 . C is found in oranges.
C. Vocabulary Review: Definitions

Match the words with their meaning.
1. h em i s p h e re _________________ a. not fight
2. border b. find
3. forbidden _ c. high flat land
4. get along_ d. inside
5. research _ e. half o f the earth
6. p l a t e a u ___ f. not allowed
7. d i s c o v e r _ g. 100 years
8. a n c i e n t ___ h. writer for magazines
9. turn i n t o __ i. search for new information
10. journalist j. very old
k. become
I. line between two countries
custom (n) ['kAstom] tap c/iidn, p in ing tin
ashore(adj) [o'J.r] Iren her
scurvy (n) [’sko:vi] benh thicu \ Hamm C
gathered up (v) Cgô] gom la i
22
EXPLORERS
9 Q Q Q Q Q Q U
D. T r u e/F alse
Write T if the sentence is true, F if it is false, and NI if there is no
information in the text. Change the false sentences to make them true, or
explain wh y they are false.
_______ I . Bering left St. Petersburg ahead o f chirikov.
_______ 2. It took them 7 years to cross Siberia because they were traveling
on horseback.
_______ 3. Vitus Bering was from St. Petersburg.
_______ 4. Bering spent 2 years exploring the east coast o f Siberia.
_______ 5. Bering's and Burke’s expeditions were similar.
_______ 6. Bering's men found Eskimos in Alaska.
7. Scurvy is caused by a lack o f vitamin C.
_______ 8. Alaska belonged to the United States at the time o f Bering's expedition.
E. C om p reh en sion questions

Try to answe r the comprehension questions in your own words instead of
using the exact words from the text.
I. wh y was this called a scientific expedition?
2 What did the men on the expedition do in Tobolsk?
3. Wh ere did they stay longer, in Tobolsk or Yakutsk?
4. W hy did the expedition have to build boats?
5. How did the two ships get separated in the Pacific Ocean?
6. W hy did the men on the island continue to die even when they had food
and water?
*7. Is scurvy a problem on ships today? Why or why not?
*8. Wh en Bering's expedition returned to St. Petersburg, were they
wel co med as national heroes? Why or why not?
F. M ain Idea
1. It took 7 years to cross Siberia.

2. Th e expedition explored two rivers.
3. The expedition built their own village in Yakutsk.
similar (adj) ['similo] : tuang t i f , giong iilicui

belong to (v) [b i'b r| ] : thuoc ve
even (adv) ['i:vt>n] : lluhn chi
23
CAUSE AND EFFECT
WORD STUDY
A. Reading
How carefully should you read? How fast should you read? These questions
have different answers. Sometimes you have to read slowly and carefully.
Other times you read fast, and other times you read at a regular speed
How would you read these things? Use these answers:

а. slowly and carefully. b. at a regular speed c. fast
(Students may have different answers.)
1. a letter from your parents

2. the text o f these lessons
3. the homework for a difficult science class
4. the newspaper
5. a magazine article on an interesting person
б. an exciting mystery story
Some students like to read a whole text quickly for the general idea
Others like to start at the beginning and read each sentence carefully. You
can choose the best way for you to start reading a lesson. After that,
probably you need to read the lesson two or three times. When you come to
a word you don’t know, read the sentence again, or even three times, to help
you remember the word. It is never necessary to memorize sentences or
paragraphs. This is not the way to study reading.
If the text is very difficult for you. read the first paragraph two or three
times, then the second, and so on. Then read the whole text from beginning
to end. Then \ o u might want to read it all again.
You will probably want to read the complete text again after you ha\e
finished the whole lesson. Then test yourself on the vocabulary words that sou
underlined when you first read the text and learn the words you don't know.
B. W ord Forms: Verbs
How do vou know which form of a uord to use? This information will help \ou
Eveiy sentence must have a verb. There are often clues that tell \ou
what form o f the \ e r b to use.
24
EXPLORERS
Put the right verb form in these blanks. Explain why you chose each form.
(lead) Did Bering an expedition across Siberia?
(leave) 2. The expedition St. Petersburg in 1973.
(study) 3. Bob i s _______ about explorers,
(learn) 4. Nadia has ____ a lot o f words this week
(help) 5. Can y o u ______ me with this exercise?
(give) 6. The teacher a lot o f homework every day.
(sleep) 7. Mr. Gorder was at midnight last night,
(travel) 8. They are going to in Europe next summer.
C. Prepositions
Prepositions are difficult. The best way to learn how to use the right
preposition is by practicing. Write the prepositions in these sentences from
the text.
I. 'i1'_______1733, the most complete scientific expedition in history.
<7.s______ that time left St. Petersburg.
2. The scientists planned to report_____ ______ everything.
The expedition had to ciObS Siberia____________ order to reach the
Pacific Ocean.
Vitus Bering, the leader _________ the whole expedition, left St.
Petersburg __________ almost 600 people.
5. They traveled mostly_ flat-bottomed boats the rivers,
6. They had only one summer instead « ;______two y e a r s _______ their
explorations b e c a u s e _________ the many problems and delays
7. At last the sailors ______ Bering’s ship saw mountains a short
distance the sea.^
8. They were a place no trees, but there were
birds and animals food.
9. this time, the Russian government had lost interest
_____________the North Pacific.
10. It discovered a new p a r t _____________North America.
midnight (n) [’midnait] i u fa item

sailor (n) ['scilo] lim y tli li
government (n) [’gAvnmont] cliinli phit
25
CAUSE AND EFFECT
Q Q Q Q flfl
D. Context Clues
The words in the Context Clues exercises are always words in the next
lesson. Circle the letter o f the right answer.
1. Isamu's English is not very good. He frequently makes mistakes,

a. quickly b. often c. never
2. Oil, gas, and wood are all kinds o f fuel,

a. something to burn for heat
b something to make cars go
c. something to build ships from
3. David - Neel walked for days when she was seventy-six years old. She
was often exhausted.
a very hungry b. very tired c. very old
4. Jean was in an automobile accident and injured her leg.

a. Hurt b. stepped on c. stood on
5. At times Neel became sick from the food she ate.

a. Usually b. sometimes c. at different hours
6. Burke's expedition had terrible problems and several men died,

a. large b. Interesting c. very bad
7. We know about Burke's expedition because he wrote in a diary every day.

The search party found it.
a. a notebook about what happened every day
b. a cassette recording about what happened every day
c. a book about a person's life
frequently (adv) [’fri:kwentli] thtfdng xuyen

fuel(n) [fjuol] nhien lieu
exhausted (adj) [ig'zo:stid] kiet si(c
injure (v) ['ind3e] bi thifcrng
26
ROBERT SCOTT - A RACE
TO THE SOUTH POLE 4
Roald Amundsen, a Norwegian, was the first person
to reach the South Pole. Robert Scott, and Englishman,
arrived at the South Pole a month after Amundsen and
died on the return jo urney to his ship. Yet, strangely
enough, Scott became a hero and Amundsen did not.
Captain Robert Scott (1868-1912) was an English
Na vy officer. He led an expedition to Antarctica in 1901-
1904 for a British scientific organization called the Royal
Geographical Society. His group traveled farther south
than anyone else had ever done, and he gathered
information on rocks, the weather, and climate, and made
maps. When he returned to England, he was a national
hero.
A few years later he decided to organize another
expedition. He said he wanted to make a complete
scientific study o f Antarctica, but he really wanted to be
the first person at the South Pole. He took three doctors,
several scientists, and other men with him.
They sailed on a ship named the Terra N ova in June
1910, but whe n they reached Australia, they learned that
Amundsen was also on his way to the Pole.
Amundsen and Scott were very different from each
other and made very different plans. Amundsen planned
everything very carefully.
journey (n) ['d3e:ni] chuyen di

organization (n) [.ZKgenai'zei/n] to clu'fc
geographical (adj) [d3ie'gra;fikol] (thugc) dia ly
rock (n) [rok] da tang
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
He took sleds and dog teams as the great Arctic

explorers did Scott took ponies (small horses), and a
few dogs, but he planned to have his men pull the
sleds themselves for most o f the trip On other
expeditions, as some dogs became weak, the men
killed them for food for themselves and the other dogs.
Amundsen did this too, and it helped him reach the
Pole, but later people callcd him "dog eater". Scott
would not eat dogs, and this was one reason he died on
this expedition.
There were other differences between the two
expeditions. Amundsen sailed 100 kilometers closer to
the Pole than Scott did. Scott also had the bad luck o f
having very bad weather - days of blizzards and strong storm with wind and sncw
winds, it was often - 4 0 nC (minus 40 degrees Celsius).
Scott and his men built a building as their base
camp near the ocean's edge and spent the winter there.
They used sleds and ponies to carry a ton o f supplies
farther inland to a place that they named the ( )ne I on toward the interior
Depot. When spring came, a few of the men started
ahead of the others with motorized sleds to leave
supplies along the way. However, after only a few days
the sleds broke down and the men had to pull them.
A few- days later Scott started for the South Pole
with a few men. The whole jo urney was very difficult.
Scott and his men either walked and skied through
deep snow or over ice and uneven ground, the climate
was too difficult for the ponies and they all died.
There were frequent snowstorms. Sometimes the men often
couldn t leave their tents for several days because o f
blizzards.
sled (n) [sled] x e trucrt tuyet

blizzard (n) [’blizod] trail bdo tuyet
inland (n) [’mlend] ddt hen
28
EXPLORERS
&Q 9Q &Q
When Scott was 260 kilometers from the Pole, he
sent all but four men back to the base camp. This was
probably his most serious mistake. He had a tent big
enough for four people and only enough food and fuel
for four, but now there were five. Also, one men had left
his skis behind with some of the supplies. He had to walk
in the snow, and this slowed down the whole group.
On January 17, 1912, Scott and his men reached
the Pole, only to find a tent and the Norwegian flag.
They were not the first people to reach the South Pole.
They had lost the race.
The next day they started the 1300-kilometer
j ou rne y back to their base camp, pulling their heavy
sleds full o f supplies. The trip back was worse than on
their way to the Pole. They became weak from hunger.
At times the whiteness everywhere made them blind, sometimes
Their fingers and toes began to freeze and two o f the
men fell and injured themselves. They never had ^
enough fuel to keep warm in their tent. They became
e x h a u sted , and it was more and more difficult to pull very tired
the sleds.
Finally, one men died. Then another became so
weak that he knew he was endangering the lives o f the
others. One night he left the tent and never returned.
He walked out into the blizzard and died instead of
holding back the other three.
Every day Scott described the terrible journey in
his diary. On March 21 the three remaining men were
only 20 kilometers from the On? Ton Depot, but
another (jlizzard kept them in their tent. On March 29
they were still unable to leave their tent. On that day,
Scott wrote his last words in his diary.
slow down (v) [e'lou daun] : lam chain lai

unable to do st [An'eibl] : khong the lam gi
serious (adj) [’sierios] : ngliiein trong
29
CAUSE A N D EFFEC
A search party found the three bodies 8 months later.

They also found Scott’s diary, excellent photographs o f the
expedition and letters to take back to England. The search
party left the frozen bodies where they found them.
Today the building at the base camp is still there. Inside
there are supplies, furniture, and things that belonged to the
men. They are left just the way they were when Scott's
expedition was there. New Zealand takes care o f the building
and its contents.
Robert Scott's name lives on as a great explorer o f
Antarctica, the last part o f the earth that people explored. He
was not the first to reach the South Pole, and he and his men
died because of his bad planning, but he is remembered as
one of the great heroes o f exploration.
A. Y'ocabulary
organization each other sleds inland
pony blizzard br ea kd ow n exhausted
blind frequent fuel at times
1. A ____________ is a storm with wind and snow.
2. Scott and his men slept close t o _____________in a small tent.
3. A ____________ is a small horse, not a young horse.
4. People who grow up near the sea are often unhappy if they have to mo\1
5. A _____________ person cannot see.

6. There a r e _____________ storms in the Bering Sea in winter In summn
there are not as many.
7. Most American universities have a foreign student ____________ . Ai|
students are welcome.
8 ____________ Burke rode horseback At other times he walked
9. People n e e d ___________ _ to cook and to heat their homes
10. Children in Canada like to ride downhill on their
take care of st (v) : q u a n tu m

live on (v) : song dtfu vao
at time (adv) : thinli tliodug
30
EXPLORERS
B. Vocabulary
tent terrible serious exhausted

broke down fuel injured diary
1. We got home very late because our c a r ____________ .

2. T o m _____________himself at work and had to go to the hospital.
3. Some students are v e r y ________ about learning English.
4. Some people like to write in a _ ________every day about the things'
they do and think.
5. Last summer our family went camping in the mountains. We slept in
a_____________ .
6. Ali stayed up all night to study for a test. He w a s _________ in the morning.
7. There was a _________fire in an old apartment building, and 10 people died.
C. Vocabulary Review: Antonym s

Match the words with their opposites.
1. huge ______ a. in back of

2. experienced b. swamp
3. get a l o n g __ c. modern
4. forbid _____ d. fight
5. complete e.together
6 . include ____ L incomplete
7. ahead _____ g. leave out
8. separated _ 4b inexperienced
9. interior __ ^ i. escape
10. lack j. allow
ancient k. small
Lexterior
m.have
t ent (n ) [tent] le u v d i, ta n g b a t
terrible (adj) ['terobl] k l iin l i k illin g
forbid (v) [fe'bid] cam. ngan cun
31
CAUSE AND EFFEC
D. M ultiple Choicc
1 The first person to reach the South Pole was____________
a. English b. French c. Norwegian
2. Scott was mainly interested i n _____________
a. being the first person at the South Pole
b. collecting information about the rocks in Antarctica.
c. learning about the weather and climate in Antarctica
*3. Amundsen's expedition ate dogs because_____________
a. this is a custom in Norway.
b. it was a way for the men to have fresh meat
c. there was no other food.
*4. Scott's expedition had to t r a v e l _____________.
a. a shorter distance than Amundsen's.
b. the same distance as Amundsen's.
c. farther than Amund sen ’s
*5. January is a _____________ month in Antarctica.
a. summer b. fall c. winter
6. Scott's trip to the Pole was difficult. The trip back w a s __
a. more difficult
b. about the same
c. much easier
*7. Scott and his men became exhausted because _________
a. they didn't have enough fuel, and they could never get warm
b. the sun on the snow blinded them
c. they didn't have enough food and had to pull the heavy sleds
8. We know the details about Scott's expedition because_________
a. he sent reports back to the English government
b. he kept a diary, and the search party found it
c. he wrote detailed letters back to England
interested in st [’intristid] lu'fng tlu'i vert cat gi

interested in doing st [’du:ir|] liifng tint lam gi
blind (v) [blaind] lam clio nut
report (n) [ri'po:t] boo can
32
EXPLORERS
E. C om p reh en sion Questions

* I . Scott and Burke led expeditions in very different climates. What was
similar about their expeditions?
2. Explain one serious mistake that Scott made.
*3. Why did Scott travel from his base camp to the Pole in January?
4. Why did one man walk out o f the tent into the blizzard and not return?
5. Why was it difficult for the men to pull the sleds on the trip back from
the Pole?
6. Why couldn't the three men travel the last 20 kilometers to One Ton
Depot?
*7. Was Scott a hero o f exploration? Give a reason for your answer.
F. M ain Idea
1. moving supplies inland

2. getting ready to ski to the South Pole
3. bad luck with motorized sleds
33
CAUSE AN D EFFECT
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Forms: Nouns
There are three places in a sentence that always have a noun (or a pronoun):
the subject, the object o f a verb, and the object of a preposition
Subject verb object o f the verb object o f a preposition

Neel rode a horse to Tibet.
The expedition took food for the animals.
A storm drove the ship onto an island.
The subject is usually at the beginning o f a sentence. The object o f the verb
is usually right after the verb. It answers the question, "What?" The object of
a preposition conies after the preposition
There might be adjectives and other words to describe these nouns.
Neel rode a large black horse to Tibet.
The large scientific expedition took a lot o f food for their animals.
A bad storm drove the large sailing ship onto a small island.
Write the correct word form in the blanks. Use a word from line one in
sentence one, and so 0 11 . Use the right verb forms and singular or plural nouns.
Verb Noun A djective Adverb
1. inch de inclusion inclusive inclusively
2. separate separation separate separately
3. bury burial burial
4. realize realization
5. remind reminder
6. inform information (un) informative (un) informatively
7. organize organization organizational organizationally
8. injure injury injurious injurious!}
Did you a description o f your dormitory when vou wrote to
your family?
2a. A m a d o u ' s ___________ from his family is difficult for him. but he wants
to study at a foreign university.
2b. Write your two compositions 011 _______ pieces o f paper. Do them
description (n) [dis'knpfn] s ir m o to

dormitory (n) [’d.rmitri] kv tin w/ si 11I1 \w it
composition (n) [.knmpo'zi/n] bin hum
34
EXPLORERS
3. Mr. Byrd died yesterday and they are going to him

tomorrow. His is tomorrow.
4. After Ms. Cook got home, she she had forgotten to mail her
letters.
5. Ms. Barber put a on the refrigerator for her children to do
their homework.
6. Kumiko asked the teacher for about the city buses. The
teacher gave her a schedule that was very
7a. An in Melbourne chose Burke to lead an expedition across
Australia.
7b. The first meeting o f the new club will be an meeting.
8. Chris was in an accident, but luckily he didn't receive a n y ____________ .
B. T w o - W o r d Verbs
run out o f - use up, not have any more

work out - exercise
slow down - go more slowly
speed up - go faster
live on - have enough money for necessities
1. Cars have to ___________ when they enter a city. When they leave the
city, they can ___________ again.
2. A lot o f people like to go to a gymnasium and ___________ . This
exercise is good for them.
3. The Lopez family adopted two children. Now they can't ___________ the
money Mr. Lopez earns.
4. Scott's men were hungry because they had almost _______________food.
run out o f st (v) [rAn aut d v ] : can kiet, liet sgcli cdi gi
work out (v) [wo:k, aut] : tieii lianlt, lam
speed up (v) [’spiid'Ap] : tang toe do
35
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
C. Finding the Reason

Here are some sentences about the explorers you have read about. Give a
reason for each statement. The first one is done for you.
Statem ent Reason
1. Scott and his men were cold all the time. They didn't have enough fuel.
2. Scott went to the South Pole.
3. Neel studied Tibetan in India.
4. Bering's expedition lost a lot o f their food.
5. Bering took scientists with him.
6. Burke died on his expedition.
7. Burke took camels on his expedition.
8. The world knows about Burke's and
Scott's expeditions.
D. Context Clues
1. When Scott returned from his first expedition to Antarctica, he gave

lectures to organizations. People wanted to hear about his journey.
a. movies that he took in Antarctica
b. speeches that give information
c. long articles full o f information from his diaries
2. Mr. Mora told his son, "Stop fighting with your sister. If you don't
behave, you'll have to go to bed right now.
a. stay awake b. act correctly c. slow down
3. A wool sweater is much warmer than a cotton or polyester one.
a. cloth made from animal skin
b. cloth from a plant
c. cloth from sheep's hair
lecture (n) [’lekt/o] : bai dien tliuyei

behavior (n) [bi'heivjo] : c u x i'rle p lie p
wool (n) [wul] : long
36
EXPLORERS
4. It is am azing that a woman was able to travel all over the interior o f
china and Tibet by herself.
a. very surprising b. terrible c. frequent
5. Maria has a very bad attitude toward learning English. She thinks that if
she just listens in class, she can learn everything she needs. Outside o f
class, she just wants to have fun.
a. equipment
b. way o f thinking
c. good experience
amazing (adj) [e'meiziri] : lain kinli ngac

attitude (n) [';etitju:d] : thai do
37
MARY KINGSLEY -
VICTORIAN EXPLORER 5
Mary Kingsley spent 18 months exploring West
Africa between 1893 and 1895. The two books she
wrote and the lectures she gave back in England about educational speeches
her travels helped to change the way Europeans thought
about their African colonies. Kingsley also helped to
start anthropology, the study o f people's customs and
lives, in Africa. We must understand something about
English life at that time in order to understand how
very surprising
amazing this was.
Mary Kingsley was born near London in 1862 and
grew up while Victoria was queen o f England. At that
time women were expected to stay at home, take care o f
their husbands and children, and behave like ladies.
Mary’s father was a doctor and her mother was his
cook. The parents got married only four days before
Mary was born. Her father spent most o f his time
traveling in far of f countries, and he hardly ever came
home. Her mother was never well and spent her life in
her bedroom with all the curtains closed. O f course
Mary had to take care o f her, so Mary never married.
She never went to school either; she had to educate
herself.
When both her parents died in 1892, Mary took
the money they left her and went to visit the Canary
Islands o ff the coast o f West Africa.
She met traders there, European men who bought
rubber ivory, which co m e s from ele phants, and other
give back (v) ['give' bu_‘k] gift ve

colony (n) ['koleni] tluioc dm
grow-up (v) [’grounAp] Ion leu, trUO'ng llianli
curtain (n) [’ke:tn] rein cifa
38
EXPLORERS
products from Africans and sold them things from

Europe. She returned to England and studied to do
useful scientific work in West Africa. During her first
trip o f 6 months back to West Africa and her second
one o f nearly a year, she collected fish for the British
Museum. Much more important, she gathered
information about African customs, law, and religion.
European men had been exploring Africa for
years. Each explorer took large amounts of equipment,
food, and other supplies and needed many Africans to
carry them. The Europeans had guns and used them
when there was trouble. Kingsley traveled with only six
Africans to help her. She slept in village houses and ate
what the Africans ate. She had a gun, but she never shot
anyone. She always wore a white cotton blouse and a
long wool skirt. She was usually the first white woman
the villagers had ever seen, but they accepted her as a
friend because o f the way she traveled. She was able to
ask them all kinds o f questions about their lives and
later wrote detailed scientific descriptions of African
customs. She also wrote beautiful descriptions o f the
slow-moving rivers, the sounds o f the African night,
and the beauty o f the African forest.
At that time there were three groups o f Europeans
in Africa. They were the traders, the people working for
the colonial governments and missionaries who went to
Africa to teach Christianity. They all believed that
Europeans were superior to other people. They
believed either that Africans were wild or that they
were childlike. The English missionaries believed
Africans and Europeans were brothers because
they were all Go d’s children, but they also believed that
product (n) [’p r j d e k t ] : s o n p lia m

accept (v) [ek'scpt] : c h a p iilia n , J o n g y
detailed (adj) ['di:tciId] : m o t cach c h i t ie )
superior (adj) [su:’pierie>] : ro t h o n
39
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
Africans were inferior because they were not.

Christians. The missionaries thought that the Africans'
false religion made them live inferior lives, but if they
started wearing European clothes, learned English,
forgot their old ways, and became Christians, they
could become better people. The other Europeans
believed that Africans were inferior and less intelligent
than white people.
As Mary Kingsley gathered information about
African customs, she learned that their religion was the
center o f their lives. Their religion and customs, even
the ones that seemed very strange to Europeans, all Fit
together in a logical way. She believed that if
Europeans tried to change African religion or any o f
their other customs, the Africans' lives would be worse
than before However, she also believed that Africans
could not learn technology and could never move into
the modern world. As she wrote and lectured about her
ideas, the men working in the colonial governments
learned from her. and tSe governments became better.
When Kingsley reached a village, she usually said,
"It's only me". She said it so often that villagers started
calling her "Only Me" because they thought is was her
name. She was European, so the Africans treated her like
a European and not like a woman. She had much more
freedom than she had when she was at home in England.
In 1900, Kingsley went to South Africa to help in the
hospitals during the Boer War, but she planned to return
to West Africa. However, in a short time she became sick
and died at the age o f 37. She was buried at sea.
Mary Kingsley was a Victorian woman. She became
an explorer, geographer, anthropologist, and author. Toda>
inferior (adj) [in'fiene] : (hup kein lum
40
EXPLORERS
it is not easy for a woman to be even one o f these things. In

Kingsley's time it was almost impossible, but she was all of
them. Her books started a change in West African history
because they helped change the attitudes o f the Europeans
toward the Africans in their colonies. Her great knowledge
o f African customs helped start the anthropological study
o f Africa. She was an amazing woman.
A. Vocabulary
products educated anthropology colony
lecture ivory missionary behave
childlike superior treats inferior
1. Mona is the best student in the class. She i s __________ to all the other
students. They a r e _____________to her.
Pierre is Canadian, but he didn't go to school in Canada. He w a s __________
in France.
3. Professor Allen will give a ____________ today about his research on fish
that live in caves.
4. A ____________ tries to get people to change their religion.
5. Some people are born with inferior intelligence. They a r e ____________
all their lives. They never act like grownups.
6 . Japan produces cars, televisions, computers, and o t h e r ___________
7. Carlos a l w a y s _____________older people politely.
8 . Hong Kong is a British______________
9. Susan is going to s t u d y _____________
B. V ocabulary
behave trade accept rubber
wool ivory attitude technology
amazing product anthropology logical
1. T h e twentieth century' is the age o f _________ . We have computers and
other amazing machines.
a u t h o r (n) [’o:0e] : tac gia

impossible (adv) [inVp^sabl] : kliong the
childlike (adj) [’t/aildlaik] : nlitf li e con
r u b b e r (n) [YAbo] : cuo sit
41
CAUSE AN D EFFECT
2. Fanners raise sheep for their meat and ____________ in new Zealand,
Europe, and other areas o f the world.
3. When we study the history o f the world, the importance o f ____________ _
between countries is clear.
4. People make beautiful things from________which comes from elephants.
5. Isamu says the reading book is too easy for him, so he never studies. Vet
he always gets bad grades. This is not ____________ thinking If he
changes h i s _____________, he can get good grades.
6. Sometimes c h i l d r e n _____________badly in school
7. comes from trees and is used to make tires for cars and trucks
8 It i s ____________ that today people in some remote areas know nothing
about the rest o f the world.
9. When you live in another country, you have t o _____________the people
and the customs there. You cannot change them.
C. V oc a bu la ry
beggar surrounded temperature civil war

delayed in order to sink ashore
decade organization tent terrible
1. The soldiers_____________the building so no one could escape
2. Every year s h i p s _____________ in storms.
3. The snow s t o r m __________ us 3 hours because we had to drive very slowly.
4. A ____________ asks people for money or food.
5. OPEC means t h e _____________ o f Petroleum Exporting Countries
6. Did you ever sleep outdoors in a _____________?
7. There has been a _____________ in Lebanon for several years Different
groups o f Lebanese are fighting among themselves.
8. Sometimes the summer_____________in Antarctica is - 40°C.
9 A ____________ forest fire burned thousands o f hectares o f trees
10. A ______ islOvears.
grade (n) [greid] : diem

truck (n) [trAkj : xe rJi
civil war (n) ['sivl w;>:] : noi cliien
temperature (n) [’temproLfo] : nhiei do
42
EXPLORERS
I). True/False
_________ I . Mary Kingsley spent a total o f 2 years exploring in West Africa.
_________ 2. Mary had to educate herself.
________ 3. Traders buy and sell things.
_________ *4. European explorers sometimes shot Africans.
_________ *5. A long wool skirt and white blouse are good clothes for
exploring in West Africa.
_________ 6. Kingsley took a lot of equipment with her because she was
doing scientific research on fish.
_________ *7. English missionaries believed that all people are God's children.
_________ 8. The West African religion was the center o f all their customs.
_________ *9. Kingsley believed that Africans could not learn technology.
_________ 10. Kingsley became sick and died in West Africa.
E. C om prehension Q uestions
1. What was a woman's life like in Victorian England?
2. How did Mary Kingsley tell others about her research in Africa?
3. Why didn't she go to school?
■4 W here did she gel the money to go to the Canary islands?
5. What are traders?
6. What are missionaries?
7 What is a colony?
8. How were Kingsley's expeditions different from the expeditions of
European men?
9. How did Kingsley do her research?
10. What did Kingsley believe about trying to change African customs?
I I . How did her books help change West African history?
F. Main Idea
1. Kingsley worked in a hospital in South Africa.

2. Kingsley died in South Africa in 1900.
3. Kingsley was buried at sea.
equipment (n) [rkvvipmoni] : iliici bi

technology (n) [tck'n.'tlodî] : k \ fluid!, coug nyhc
CAUSE AN D EFFECT
WORD STUDY
A. Articles: The
Some geographical locations include the in the name.
1. Certain countries (Note: Most countries do not include the in the name),
the United States of America or the United States or the L'-S-A. or the U.S.
the Union o f Soviet Socialist Republics or the Soviet Union or the USSR
The United Arab Emirates
The United Kingdom
The Philippines
The N etherlands
2. Major points on the earth:
the North pole
the South pole
the Equator
3. Plurals o f islands, lakes, and mountains:
the Canary Islands
the G r e a t Lakes
(lie H i m a l a y a M o u n ta i n s
4. Oceans, seas, rivers, canals, deserts:
the Pacific Ocean
the Bering Sea
the M ississippi River
the Suez Canal
the Sahara desert.
5. Continents, most geographical areas, most countries, and single islands,
lakes, and mountains do not have the in the name.
Asia
W estern Europe but the M iddle East
England
Bering Island
Lake G eneva
M ount Everest
equa tor (n) [l'kweito ] cltfang xich Jao
mountain (n) ['mauntin] niii
ocean (n) [’eO/n] Jat clucmg
desert (n) [di’zo:t] sa mac
44
EXPLORERS
Write the in the blanks if it is necessary.

1. Panama Canal joins____________ Atlantic Ocean and
__________ Pacific Ocean.
2. This canal used to belong t o ___________ United states.
3. Kuwait is near ______ United Arab Emirates and
___________ Saudi Arabia.
4. Germany,__________ Belgium, and_____________Netherlands
are i n _____________Europe.
5. Lake Geneva is i n ___________ Switzerland.
6. Where a r e ___________ Madeira Islands?
7. Poland is n e a r ___________ USSR.
8. Jordan is i n ___________ Middle East.
9. Amazon River is in ___ South America
B. W ord forms: Nouns

These are some common noun suffixes:
- er, r, -or: reminder, beggar, advisor
- ist: scientist
- mciit: equipment
- ion, sion, - tion, - ation: religion, decision, separation, realization
- y: discovery
- ity: electricity.
- ness: happiness
- ance: acceptance
Put the right form o f the word in each sentence.
Verb Noun Adjective Adverb

1. trade trade
trader
2. produce product (un) productive (un) productively
production
3. accept acceptance (un) acceptable (un) acceptably
4. (mis) behave (mis) behavior
5. educate education (un)educated
6. treat treatment
7. amaze amazement amazing amazingly
8. colonize colony colonial
colonist
45
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
I . Japan and Saudi Arabia___________ with each other.

2a. M e x i c o ' s ____________o f oil is higher this year than last.
2b. It i s ___________ to translate each lesson into your language. This is not a
good way to study English.
3. Your ho mework is n o t ___________ because the teacher can ’t read it.
4. The children are on their good________ because they are going to a party
5. is very important for everyone.
6. The b o s s ___________ Ann very badly during the meeting.
7. Ali looked w i t h __________ at the tall buildings in New York. They are
________ high.
8. P r a n c e ____________North Africa in the nineteenth century.
C. P r e p o s i t io n s
Write the correct preposition in the blanks.
1. Anthropology is the study ~ people's customs and lives.
2. We must understand something yj_____ English l i f e ___________ that
t i m e ____________order to understand how amazing this was.
3. that time women were expected to stay _____ home,
take c a r e __________ their husbands and children, and behave like ladies.
4. her mother spent her life ^ -______ her bedroom all the
curtains closed.
5. Ma ry took the money they left her and went to visit the Canary Islands
'If,______ the c o a s t ____________West Africa.
6. She studied to do useful scientific w o r k ____________West Africa.
7. her first trip r 1 6 months and her second one
__________ 18 months, she collected fish___________the British Museum
8. They accepted her as a friend because_____________the way she traveled
9. They all believed that Europeans were superior________ o t h e r people.
D. Scanning.
When you want to find just one detail in a text, it is not necessary to read
carefully. You sc an instead, that is, you look as quickly as possible until you
find the information.
m use um (n) [mju:'ziom] : bdo tang

scientific (adj) [,saion'tifik] : co tinlt klioa hoc
46
EXPLORERS
Find these answers by scanning. Write short answers (not complete

sentences). Write the number of the line where you found each answer.
1. When was Mary Kingsley born?
2. What did she wear on her expeditions?
3. What did Africans call her?
4. How old was she when she died?
5. When did her parents die?
6. Why did missionaries go to Africa?
7. Who was queen when Kinsley was bom?
8. What was the name o f the war in South Africa in 1900?
9. Kinsley was an explorer. What else was she?
E. C ontext Clues
1. What is the answer when you add these figures: 739,526, and 43?
a. numbers b. kilometers c. kilos
2. Petroleum, iron, rich farmland, and coal for making electricity are all
natural resources.
a. anything people can use.
b. anything people make
c. anything from nature that people can use
3. What is the best method to learn a language?
a. lesson b. way c. composition
4. When two crowded trains run into each other, this is a disaster. When
heavy rains cause a river to flood a village, this is also a disaster.
a. anything terrible caused by people
b. anything terrible caused by nature
c. anything terrible that happens
5. A s h o r t a g e o f food in a poor country can cause people to die o f hunger.
a. poor farmland
b. npt enough
c. plants that are not tall enough
figure (n) [Tigo] : so

resource (n) [ri'so:s] : ngiion (kliodng son)
method (n) [’meOad] : phuang plidp
disaster (n) [di'za:ste] : llidm lioa
shortage (n) [7o:tid3] : sirklian hiem
47
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
6. A few tickets for the basketball game are still available, but you should
buy one as soon as possible before they are all sold out
a. You can get one.
b. They didn't make any.
c. These tickets are too expensive.
7. When we meet a group o f people from another country, it is easy to think
that they are all alike; they look similar and think in the same way. But
this is not true. Each one is really an individual.
a. part o f a group
b. a different, separate person
c. similar to the other people in the family.
basket ball (n) [’ba:skitbo:l] . b o n g ro

available (adj) [o'veilebl] : san co
expensive (adj) [iks’pcnsiv] : ddt do
alike (adj) [o'laik] : giong nliu
48
Unit
WORLD ISSUES II
49
O u r responsibility is to protect the Earth for a million years.
- R obert H unter,
one of the organizers of Greenpeace
50
WORLD POPULATION
1
GROWTH
Is the world overpopulated? How many people
can the earth support? Should countries try to limit number of people in an area
their population? These are serious questions that
governments, international organizations, and
individuals must think about. individual = one person
The population o f the world has been increasing
faster and faster. In 10.000 B.C. there were probably
only 10 million people. In A.D. 1 there were 300
million. It took 1750 years for the population to reach
625 million, a little more than double the A.D. 1
figure. In 1850, only 100 years later, the population number
had nearly doubled again, with a figure o f 1130
million. In 1950, the figure had more than doubled to
reach 2510 million. In 1985, only 35 years later,
there were 4760 million people. By 2000, the world's
population is expected to be over 6 billion.
Seventy - five percent of the world's populationjjyg.
in Third World countries. This means that most people
are poor and are unable to give children a good life.
Does the earth have enough natural resources to
support f h k many n ifTprpnt scientists give
different answers to this question. Some say that
there are enough resources to support more than 6
billion people, but the problem is distribution. The
richest countries, with a small percentageôf the
world's population, use most o f the resources. If
these resources could be distributed equally, there
would be enough for everyone.
population (n) [,popju'lci/n] dan so

growth (n) [grouO] sit phat trien
individual (n) [,indi'vidjuel] cd iilian
expect ( v ) [iks'pekt] • mong d id , cho rang
51
CA USE AN D EFFECT
Other scientists say that we must limit population

growth because our resources are limited. Only 10
percent o f the earth's land can be used for farming and
another 20 percent for raising animals. It is possible to
increase the amount of farmland, but only a little.
Some land in developing countries can be more
productive if people start using modern farming
m e t h o d s , but this will not increase worldwide ways
production very much.
We all know that there is a limited amount o f
petroleum. T here are also limits to the amounts o f iron
(Fe). silver (Ag). gold (Au). and other metals. There is
a limit to the water we can use - most o f the earth's
water is salt water, and most o f the fresh water is
frozen at the North and South Poles.
Evefrsome o f the world's "natural" di sa s te rs are terrible things that happen
partly":aused by overpopulation. We all know about
the terrible famine, with thousands of people dying o f
hunger, in Ethiopia in the 1980s. I he famine area o f
Ethiopia used to be forested. Forests hold water in the
ground, but in Ethiopia too many people cut down too
many trees for firewooc. In only 20 years, the forests
were gone. At the same time there were several years
without rain and farmland became desert. There was
no food and people died o f hunger.
It is difficult to say how many people the earth
can support, but it will help everyone if we can limit
population growth before serious shortages develop.
The problem is how to do it.
Each individual must decide to help limit
population. Each person must decide how many children
distribution (n) [,distri'bju:/n] sit plu'nt p h iu

raising (v) ['reizirj ] chan nuoi
amount of st [o'maunt] so htitng i r
metal (n) [’mctl] kitn loai
cut down (v) [kAt daun] : chat phu
52
WORLD ISSU E S
to have. But there are many reasons that people want to have
several children. Some people, because o f their religion,
believe that they must accept every child that God sends
them. In countries where many children die before they can
grow up, people think they need to have several children.
Then the parents will have someone to take care o f them
when they are old. In some countries it is very important to
men that they have sons instead o f daughters. They want to
keep having children until they have several sons.
Research has repeatedly shown that the average Third
W orld woman has more children than she wants. Among the
wom en who do not think they have too many children, half
o f them do not want any more: thev think they already have
enough. However, although millions o f women in the world
want to limit the size o f their families, they know o f no safe
w ay to have fewer children. Safe birth -control methods for
family planning are not available to them.
G overnm ents and international organizations can
p r o v id e sale, inexpensive birth-control methods. Individuals give
can decide to use them. Then the world population growth
can decrease instead o f continuing to increase.
A. V o c a b u la r y
)
limit ^figures method shortage
control increases raise disaster
although provide ’overpopulated resources
1. most journalists studied journalism in college, some older
writers never attended a university.
2. Can you explain t h e ___________ for changing salt water to fresh water?
3. The num ber o f injuries from automobile accidents___________ every year.
4. Some countries are poor because they have very few natural____________ .
several (adv) [’scvrol] : m ot vdi

average (n) ['.cvond3] : tiling binh
although (adv) [/kIWhi] : m ac ill)
d ecrease (v) ['di: kri :s] : Idm yiiim
C AUSE A N D EFFECT
5. The Red C ross helps when there is a

6 These are all : 1.75,293
7. Some governm ents _______ scholarships so people can attend
university.
A lack o f rain can cause a w a t e r ___________
China lias a billion people. Is i t ___________ ?
10 There is a ___________ o f 20 minutes for this short test Students must
turn in their papers at the end o f 20 minutes.
B. V o c a b u la r y
control international ' metals average
decreasing ind iv id lj a I distribution famine
limit raised available population
What is the ________ o f your country? Is it increasing?
2 ___________ are one kind o f natural resource.
3. The population o f Ireland is ___________ . There are few er people now
than 10 years ago.
4. I lie ________ o f 8. 5. 9. 3. and 6 is 6.2.
5. Some children behave badly and their parents c a n 't _________ them
6 . Coffee is in Central and South America
7. When there is a in a country, other countries send sood for
to the hungry people.
8. Every person in the class is a different kind o f
9. People build houses o f the materials that are__ in the area.
The United N ations is an organization.
V o c a b u la r y R e v ie w
ea ch other
freqttefrt+y ^nrrounded adventure
exhausted c iv i l w a r yet ashore
s c h o la rs h ip (n ) ['s k n lo / ip ] hoc bong

attend ( v ) [ o ’tend] ilium gia
fa m in e (n ) [T a jm in ] nan dot
a d v e n tu re (a d j) [o d 'v c n t/ o] m a u h ie m
54
WORLD ISSU E S
1. Mr. Rossi was _ _ _ _ _ _ _ after driving for 10 hours.

2. O u r children had a wonderful ^ _________. They went camping in
Canada, slept in a ___________ , and helped cook their food outdoors
over an open fire.
3. Typing is a very useful______ for, students. They can learn by practicing.
4. The world is overpopulated, ______ people keep having large families.
5'. Alice injured her eyes in an accident. Now she is _____ .
6. There was a terrible ____________ in Spain in the 1930s. Almost a
million people died.
7. Som e composition teachers have the students keep a ____________ .
8. M exican and African students have to speak English to ____________ .
9. T h e children the man who was giving away free candy.
10. G len __________ goes to the movies on weekends.
W O R L D P O P U L A T IO N
D ate Population
10,000 B.C 10,000,000
I A.D 300,000,000
1750 A.D 625,000,000
1850 A.D 1,130,000,000
1950 A.D 2,510,000,000
1985 A.D 4,760,000,000
2000 A.D 6,600,000,000
W O R L D P O P U L A T IO N BY R E G IO N
South Asia 32%
East Asia 26%
Europe
Africa
Latin America
USSR
Northern America
Oceania
useful (adj) [*ju:sfl] lien loi, lulu ich
overpopulation (n) [ 'o u v e ^ p j u 'l c i / n ] sit qua tdi ve dan so
activity (n) [ick'tiviti] hoot dong
give away (v) [’givo'wei] plidn phoi, cho, pliat
55
CAUSE AND EFFECT
THE W ORLD'S LARG EST C O U N T R IE S IN PO PU L A T IO N

0 500 Million I Billion
China 1,060.000.000
India 731.000,000
USSR — 272. 000. 000
USA 234,000,000
Indonesia 161,000,000
Brazil 131,000,000
Japan ■■■■ 119,000.000
Bangladesh 97,000.000
Pakistan “ ■ 95.000.000
Nigeria 85,000.000
M exico ■■ 76,000.000
West G erm any *■' 62,000.000
Vietnam ■■ 57,000,000
Italy — 56,000,000
United Kingdom ■■ 56.000.000
France — 55.000.000
Philippines m 53,000,000
Thailand m 51,000,000
Turkey ■■ 49,000.000
Egypt m 46,000,000
Iran ■ 42,000,000
South Korea ■■ 41,000,000
Spain _ 38.000,000
Burma ■ 37,000,000
Poland ■ 36,000,000
D. Multiple Choice
For the rest o f the book, there are no asterisks (*) before any questions. You
have to decide if the answ er is in one o f the sentences, or if \ o u have to
figure it out for yourself. In this exercise, use the text, the chart, and the
graphs to answ er the questions.
I. There were alm ost_______as many people in the world in 1 9 8 ' as in 1950
a twice b. three tim es c. four times
56
WORLD ISSUES
2. Between 1985 and 2000, the world population will______________

a. more than double
b. be more than three times as large
c increase by nearly two billion
3. A bout__________ percent o f the earth's land can be used for raising food.
a. 10 b. 20 c. 30
4. A ______________is som etim es a natural disaster.
a. Plane accident b. forest fire c. ship sinking
5. In the Third W o rld ,______________ women want more children.
a. most b. some c. no
6. Safe birth - control m ethods a r e _____________ .
a. usuallv expensive
b. not available for some women
c. never used by religious people
7 . are the same size
a. The USSR and.the U.S.
b. Britain and Italy
c. Burma and Poland
8 . is the region with the largest population.
a. Africa b. South Asia c. The USSR
9. I n ______________the population o f the whole world was about the same
as the population o f China today.
a. 1750 b. 1850 c. 1950
10. T he country o f _________ has the same population as Canada and the U.S.
a. India b. Russia c. Indonesia
E. C om prehension Q u estion s
Use the text, charts, and graphs to answer these questions.
1. Do more people live in developed or developing countries?

2. Explain the problem o f distribution o f natural resources.
p e rc e n t(n ) [pe'scnt] plidii tram

a c c id e n t(n ) [’ivksidont] tin nun
forest (n) [’f^rist] rung
region (n) [’ri:cL3on] klut vifc
57
C A U SE AN D EFFECT
3. Can the am ount o f farmland be increased?

5. W hy can't we use most o f the earth’s water?
6. W hich European countries are among the world's largest?
6. How m any people can the earth support?
7. Give two reasons that people have big families.
8. Do most Third World women want a lot o f children?
9. W hat w as one o f the causes o f the famine in Ethiopia?
10. W hat region o f the world has the smallest p o p u lation9
1 1. Do you think your country has too m any people? G ive a reason for your
answer.
F. M ain Idea
W hat is the main idea o f paragraph 2 (nines 6 - 17)? W rite it in a sentence.
farm land (n) [’fa:m l 2end] d dt c an li tdc

am o n g (adv) [e'mAr)] g itfa , H o n g so
cause (n) [ko:z] ngiiyen iilid n
reason (n) ['n:zn] ly do
58
WORLD ISSUES
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Form s: A djectives
Adjectives describe nouns. They are usually before the noun. Sometimes
they are alone after the verb be.
These are serious questions.
These questions are serious.
The participle form o f a verb, past or present, is often used as an adjective.
The past participle is the third form o f the verb; for example, talk, talked,
talked and freeze, froze, frozen. The present participle is the - ing form o f
the verb; for example, talking.
The world is overpopulated
Increasing population is a problem.
W rite the correct word forms in the blanks
V erb Noun A djective Adverb
1. history' historical historically
2. shortage short
3. disaster disastrous
4. distribute distribution
5. populate population
6. care care careful/careless carefully/carelessly
7. use use useful/useless usefully/uselessly
8. individual individual individually
9. nation national nationally
1. A nne likes to read novels.
2a. The secretary was o f paper and had to order some. She
didn't have enough.
2b. There was a o f cofTee because thousands o f coffee trees in Brazil froze.
3. A famine is for a country.
4. The professor always the test papers as soon as the bell rings.
5. W hat is the o f your country?
novel (n) ['n.Tvol] : lieu tliuyet

professor (n) [pre'fcso] : gido sif
test (n) [test] : stf thi ugliiem
59
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
6. If you a r c ______________ when you write your com position, you will
probably get a good grade. If you w rite______________ . you ma> fail.
7. A sled is______________ if you live in Kuwait.
8. The kind o f car a person buys is a n ______________ decision. Each person
must decide______________
9. Baseball is t h e ______________ sport in the United States.
B. T w o - W o r d V e r b s
cut down - cut dow n a tree, for example
figure out - find the answer
m akeup - think o f a new story or idea
hang up - end a telephone conversation
clear up - clouds disappear and the sun comes out
1. It was rainy and cloudy this morning, but now it is starting to__________.
2. The big old tree in our front yard is dead. We have to_________ it_________ .
3. I c a n 't ______________ the answ er to this math problem.
4. When Tom finished talking to his friend on the phone, he said
"Good-bye" and then ______________ .
5. Mr. H a se g a w a ______________ funny stories to tell his children
C. Irregular V erbs
Memorize these verb forms. Then put the right form o f a verb in the blanks.
Sim p le Past Past P articip le
freeze froze frozen
forbid forbade forbidden
sink sank sunk
shoot shot shot
1. The law______________ driving over 40 kilometers an hour on side streets
in the city. You can drive 60 or 75 on main streets.
2. A small sailboat hit a rock a n d ______________ .
3. food is quick and easy to cook.
4. Bob went hunting a n d ______________ a bear.
disappear (v) [,dise'pie] bieu m at

cloud (n) [klaud] m ay
yard (n) [ja:d] sail
hunting (n) [’hAntiri] su sa n ban
60
WORLD ISSU E S
D. A rticles
Put an article in the blank if one is necessary.
1. I s ______________ world overpopulated?
2. How many people c a n _____________ earth support?
3. These are ______________serious questions that ______________ people
must think about.
4 . different scientists g i v e ______________different answers to
these questions.
5. One o f ______________ problems i s ______________distribution.
6. richest countries, w i t h ______________small percentage o f
_________ world's population, use__________ most o f _________ resources.
7. It is possible to increase_____________ amount o f ____________ farmland,
but o n l y ______________ little.
8. We all know that there i s ____________ limited amount o f _____________
petroleum.
9. We all know about ______________terrible famine, with______________
thousands o f people dying o f ______________hunger, in______________
Ethiopia i n ______________ 1980s.
E. C on text C lues
1. Saudi Arabian society is very different from Japan’s. People dress
differently in the two countries. Religion is very important in Saudi Arabia
but it isn't in Japan. Holidays are different. Homes are different. Most
Japanese live in large cities. Most Saudis do not. The languages are different.
The life o f w om en is different.
a. the way people spend their time
b. everything about the life in a country
c. the life o f each individual woman.
2. The aborigines have been, in Australia for 10,000 years. Their a n c esto rs
probably cam e from South Asia.
a. people in the family a long time ago
b. people in the family in the future
c. great - grandparents
society (n) [so'saieti] : xa hoi

different (adj) [’difrent] : khac nliau
ancestor (n) [’iensiste] : to tien
61
CAUSE AND EFFECT
3. Elaine is an electrician. She e a r n s 12 dollars an hour.

a. works
b. is paid for working
c. pays
4. All has a difficult problem to solve for his engineering class,
a. write b. read c. figure out
62
CHANGES IN THE
FAMILY 2
Sociologists study society and how it is organized.
They study what a society believes and how it is
changing. They explain how people behave, but not how
they ought to behave.
Almost every society is based on the family. Some
societies have a nuclear family. In the nuclear family the
parents and children live together in one house. Other
societies have an extended family. In this kind o f family
there are grandparents, parents, children, uncles, and other
relatives all living together. In some societies there are
tribes. A tribe is a group o f extended families who have
the same ancestors. In North and South America, the
mem bers o f an Indian tribe speak the same language. Each
tribe in Africa has its own language too. In Saudi Arabia
and the other G u lf countries, the tribes all speak Arabic.
Sometimes the power o f the extended family or the
tribe is based on the land that they own.
Everybody in a family knows how to behave as a
family member. Children learn how to act like grownups
by watching the adults in their family. They learn how a
father or mother should behave. Everyone knows what the
corrcct behavior is, and relatives like to talk about this. "Is
Kum iko acting the way a m other Should act?" "Does
Abdullah behave in the right way for a husband?''.
It is hard to look at research about the family with
our minds instead o f our feelings. Each person is part o f a
sociologist (n) [.sousi'olodîst] : iilid xd hoi hoc

believe (v) (bi'Ii:v] tin tuang
nuclear (adj) [*nju:klie>] thuoc hat nliaii
extended (v) [iks'tcnd] mar rong
tribe (n) [traibj be5 lac, bo toe
63
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
family and a society and knows what a family should be like. It

is hard to realize that one kind o f family can fit a society very
well, even if it is very different from the family in our society .
Throughout history there have been slow changes in the
family and family life, but today the family is changing
quickly. This change causes m any problem s for the society
and the individual.
One o f the major reasons for this fast change in the family
is the change in how people earn their money, today more and
more people work in factories that make automobiles, furniture,
clothes, and thousands o f other products. Fewer people work on
farms or make products at home. People work in industry'
instead. This change is called industrialization. The ownership
o f land in an industrial society is not as important as it was
when people lived in villages.
For decades young people have been leaving farms and
small towns to go to cities and w ork in factories. T hey often
find a wife or husband in the city instead o f m arrying
som eone J ro m their village. They start their own family
aw ay from their old home. T hese young people often have
m ore money than the old people in their family.
In village life, young people w ent to the old people with
their questions and problems. T he old people had lived a
long time and had more know ledge. Flowever, as young
people moved to cities, got m ore education, and learned
technology, they discovered that the old people in their
family did not have all the answ ers to their questions about
life. Their new lives in the city were too different from
village life. Also, in some countries, the governm ent started
to make laws about things the tribe used to decide.
thro u g h o u t(a d v ) [Oru:’aut] : xu yen xudl

earn m oney [e:n ’mAni] : kiem lien
factory (n) ['fickteri] : nlia m ay
industry (n) [’indostri] : cong ngltiep
knowledge (n) [’n:>lid3] : liien biei. kien thuc
64
WORLD ISSUES
Life continued to change, and the children o f these

young people discovered that their city parents didn't always
have the answers either. Life was changing too fast.
Since the end o f World W ar II, industrialization has
been increasing very fast throughout the world. This is
causing family life to change faster too Societies are losing
their extended families. M ore married couples want their
own home where they can live with their children.
The West has had nuclear families instead o f extended
families at least since the Industrial Revolution. The
Industrial Revolution started in England around 1760, when
people changed from m aking things by hand to making them
in factories.
Western families are changing too. When people get a
good education and good jo b s, they can improve their lives.
T hey realize that if they have fewer children, they can"give
them a better life. N ow more wom en work outside the home,
and they delay having children. The size o f families gets
smaller. In the United States, some o f these small nuclear
families move several times, each time earning more money
and improving their lives. Som e young couples don't see
their parents very often. They don't think it is necessary to
invite their parents to live with them when they are old.
Many o f the old parents don't want to live with their grown
children either.
As Third World countries industrialize, they find they
are having the same problem s that Western families have. If
a country modernizes and industrializes fast, the family
changes fast. Many old people want life to continue as it
was. Young people want to move ahead and change. These
different ideas can cause problem s in the family.
make law (v) ['m eiko b : ] : tao lndr

continue (v) [ken'tinju:] : tiep tuc
revolution (n) [,rcve'lu:/n] : citoc cach m ang
improve (v) [im 'pru.v] : c ai tien
industrialize (v) [in'dAstrielaiz] : cong ngltiep hoa
65
CAUSE AN D EFFECT
We can learn about these changes in the family from

sociologists and understand w hy problem s are developing. It
is helpful for us to understand what is happening to our
societies, but each individual family must try to solve its
problem s for itself.
A. V ocabulary
individual solve earn revolution
throughout ancestors industrial industry
tribes extended nuclear sociologists
1. The family is larger than the _ f a m ily .

2 . There have been some civil wars betw een different African____________
living in the same country.
T h e ____________ o f everyone in C anada came from other countries. The
Indians were the first to arrive.
4. How much money does a secretary_____________ ?
5. If every _________ in the world told the governm ent he or she
wouldn't fight, we w ouldn’t have any more wars.
Japan is a n _____________nation It has both heavy and light____________ .
B. V ocabulary
extend industrial earn solve

m em ber factory sociologist throughout
revolution societies tribe relatives
1. M aria is from Mexico, but she has s e v e r a l ____________ in California.

Three o f her aunts live there with their families.
2. Sam works in an airplane________________ .
3. Karl is a _____________ o f the International Students Organization.
4. A does research about throughout the world.
developm ent (v) [di'velepiri] sif phdt m e n

solve (v) [solv] gidi quyei
a u n t( n ) [a:n t] cd. gi
66
WORLD ISSU ES
5. Governments the world are trying to______________the

problems in their country.
6. The Russian______ was in 1917. There was a complete change in government.
C. V ocabulary Review
Match each word with its definition
blizzard a. small horse
2. inland _ b. buying and selling
3. w o o l __ c. worse than
4. p o n y ___ d. stop running or working
5. overeat e. a kind o f cloth
6. inferior f. a bad snow and w ind storm
7. trade g. missionaries
8. break down h. exercise
9. superior i. anthropology
10. work out j. away from the ocean
k. cat more than you should
I. better than
1). T ru c /F n ls c
__________ 1. Sociologists te us how people should behave so they can
improve their society.
______________ 2 . M embers o f a tribe all have the same ancestors
3. Each individual learns how to fit in the family and society
by copying the people around her or him.
4. The family is changing fast because o f industrialization.
'5. In many countries, the life o f young people is very different
from the life o f their grandparents.
6 . The West had extended families until the twentieth century.
7. When a country modernizes fast, the family changes fast
8 The Industrial Revolution was a civil war in England.
.
People fought about the ownership o f land.

9. As countries industrialize, the family size decreases.
try to do st (v) [trai] co gang lam gi

c h a n g e (n ) [t/cind3] su tliay ddi
ove re a t(a d j) fouvor'i:t] bo 1 l hue
industrialization ( 11 ) [in,dAstriolai'zci/n] su cong ngltiep hod
67
CAUSE AND EFFECT
1. W hat is a nuclear family?
2. W hat is a tribe?
3. Why can't the old people in a family alw ays help young people solve
their problem s?
4. When did industrialization start increasing throughout the world?
5. W hy do many American families move several times?
6. Is your country already industrialized, or is it now developing industries?
7. In your country, is the family life o f your friends different from the
famiK life o f your grandparents when the\ were \o u n g ° G i\c two
examples.
F. M ain Idea
W hat is the main idea o f paragraph 2 (lines 5 - 1 8 ) ? Write it in a sentence.
68
WORLD ISSUES
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Form s: A djectives
These are some common adjective suffixes: -able, -al, -ful, -ive, - less, -
like, -ou s, -t, -y
Put the right word forms in the blanks.
V erb Noun A djective Adverb
society social socially
2. industrialize industry industrial
J. earn earnings
4. tribe tribal
5. control control (un) controllable (un) controllably
6. limit limit limitless
(un) limited
7. logic (il) logical (il) logically
8. fame famous
9 distance distant
10. storm storm s to n m
1. Industrialization causes s e r i o u s _________ problems in a country.

2. M any Third World countries are trying hard t o ____
J. Mr. and Mrs. Novak have to spend all o f t h e i r ___ _to support
their family.
4. There have been m a n y _____________ wars in Africa.
5. A tire blew out and the car was It went out o f
and hit a tree.
6. Som e people think there is a (n) amount o f petroleum in the
world, but some day we will run out.
7. Pat figured out the problem by using _
8. Pele was a _____________soccer player.
9. Alexandra David -N eel visited mysterious areas o f the world.
10. weather caused serious problems for Vitus Bering.
control (n) [kon'troul] s i f d ie t / k l u e n

fam ous (adj) [’fcimos] u d i t ie n g
logic (n) [ 'b d 3 ik ] lu f p ly
69
C A U SE A N D EFFECT
B. P repositions
Put a preposition in the blanks
1. Almost every society is b a s e d ____________ the family.
2. some societies there are tribes.
3. North America, the members _____________ an Indian tribe
speak the same language.
4. Som etimes the pow er _____________the family or the tribe is based
_____________the land that they own.
5. Children leam how to act_________watching the adults________ their family.
6. It is hard to look _____________research _____________ the family
_____________our m inds in s te a d _____________our feelings.
7. One _____________ the m ajor reasons _____________ the fast change
______ ______ the family is industrialization.
8. dccades young people have been leaving farms to go
_____________cities and w o r k _____________factories.
9. They start their ow n f a m ily _________________ their old hom e.
10. The Industrial Revolution was when people c h a n g e d __________ making
things____________hand____________making them _____________ factories.
C. Sum m arizin g
A su m m ary is a short description o f all the important information in a

paragraph or text. A sum m ary o f a paragraph is usually ju s t one sentence. A
sum m ary o f a com plete reading text has a few sentences.
Choose the sum m ary sentence for these paragraphs.
1. Paragraph 1 (lines 1 - 4 ) .
a. Sociologists study how a society is changing.
b. Sociologists study society.
c. Sociologists study how people behave.
2. Paragraph 2 (lines 5 - 18).
a. Societies have extended and nuclear families and som etim es tribes.
b. A nuclear family is small, and an extended family is much larger.
c. Almost every society is based on the family, either nuclear or extended.
base on st (v) [beis j n ] : can c if vao

learn how to do st [le:n] : hoc cdcli lain gi
leave (v) [li:v] : di dot, c h tty in di
70
WORLD ISSUES @ @ ^
3. Paragraph 4 (lines 22 - 30)

a. Everyone learns how to behave as a parent.
b. Everyone learns how to behave from other family members
c. Children learn how to behave by watching adult family members.
a. The family is changing fast today, and this causes problems.
b. When families change, it causes problems for the individual.
c. The family is changing faster today than before.
a. One cause o f this change is working in factories,
b O ne cause o f this change is owning land,
c. O ne cause o f this change is industrialization.
D. C on text Clues
•J
I . Dean grew up on a farm, and he plans to study agriculture. Then he
wants to buy a farm o f his own.
a. biology b. farming c. sociology
2 Dean's family has a small farm. They have two fields o f wheat, one o f
corn, and se \eral o f vegetables. They use another field lor their cows and
horses.
a. a garden
b. the area o f a farm where grass or other plants grow
c. the place where farmers keep their a n i m a l
3. Mr. Martin has a good job. He trains new workers for McDonald's. They
have to learn how to do their jobs before they start work.
a. teaches b. travels c. rases i
4. Ann has to prepare for her parents' visit to her apartment. She is going
to clean and then buy food so she can cook dinner.
a. telephone b. invite c. get ready
5. Am adou is supposed to give a report in class today. He didn't prepare,
however, so he decided not to go to class.
a. should b. might c. can
m em ber (n) [’m cm bo] : tlianli vien

adult (adj) [';vdA!t, o’dAlt] : trKdiig tlianli
agriculture (n) [’;cgrikAlt/o] : ndng ngltiep
field (n) [ti:ld] : canh Jong
prepare (v) [pri'pco] : chiu'in hi
71
WOMEN AND CHANGE
Womeji hold up half the sky. This is an old Chinese
saying. However, research shows that perhaps women do
more than their share o f "holding up the sky".
In 1975, the United Nations organized the Decade for
Women. In 1985. it published a report on the conditions
and rights o f wom en throughout the world.
Some o f the news in the report is very good. For
example. 90 percent o f all countries now have official
organizations to improve the lives o f women. More than
half the countries have laws to protect the rights o f women.
Ninety percent o f the countries have passed laws to give
women equal pay for equal work. W H O (W orld Health
Organization) and UN IC EF (United Nations Children's
Fund) have program s to improve the health o f people in
Third World countries, especially wom en and children.
H alf o f the w om en in the world now have birth - control
methods available Fort) - one percent o f the children in
school now are girls, a big change from the past, because in
many countries education was not available to girls.
The report also has bad news. Although most countries
have official organizations to improve women's lives, many
o f these organizations don't do anything. Fifty percent o f
the world's population are wom en, but in nearly two -thirds
o f all working hours the work is done by women. They do
most o f the dom estic work, for example, cooking and
washing clothes. M illions also work outside the home.
Women hold 35 percent o f all the world's jobs. For this
work, they earn only 40 to 60 percent as much as men, and
o f course they earn nothing for their domestic work.
publish (v) ['pAbli/] : xuut bun

protect (v) [pro'tckt] : bun \ e
equal (adj) ['i:kwel] : cony b u n %
birth-control m ethod ['ba:Oke>n'troul 'mcfled] : k e /to u c h Imu m ii / i Je
72
WORLD ISSUES
Only 6 percent o f places in government are held by

wom en. Sixty percent o f the people who can't read and
write are women. It is these illiterate women who are the
most frig h te n e d o f trying to improve their lives. Being afraid
illiterate doesn't mean they are not intelligent. It does mean
it is difficult for them to change their lives.
In developing countries, where three fourths o f the
world's population lives, women produce more than half o f
the food. In Africa, 80 percent o f all agricultural work is farming
done by women. There are many programs to help poor
countries develop their agriculture. However, for years
these programs provided money and training for men and gave
not for women. N ow that the UN report is published, this is teachin"
changing. International organizations and programs run by
developed nations are starting to help women, as well as
men, improve their agricultural production.
In parts o f Africa, this is a typical day for a village usual
woman. At 4:45 a.m. she gets up, washes, and eats. It takes
her a half hour to walk to the fields, and she works there
until 3:00p.m. She collects firewood and gets home at 4:00.
getting ready
She spends the next hour and a half preparing food to cook.
Then she collects water for another hour. From 6:30 to 8:30
she cooks. After dinner, she spends an hour washing the
dishes and her children. She goes to bed at 9:30 p.m.
In Pakistan, wom en spend 63 hours a week on
housework. In Italy, 85 percent o f mothers who work
outside the home also do all o f the housework. Their
husbands never help them.
dom estic work (n) [do'mcstik wo:k] : cong viec ncn tio
frighten (v) ['fraitn] : kliiep so, liocing so
provide (v) [pre'vaid] : cinig cap
73
C A U SE AND EFFECT
This is 0 11 1v a small part o f the information in the UN

report. Will this report help change the life o f w o m e n 1
Should there be a change? A rc w om en s u p p o s e d to do the should
housew ork9 Should they work outside the home? Will the
UN report help improve women's lives? Do they need
im provem ent? Different people have different answ ers to
these questions.
The family is changing r a p id ly in many societies Anv âsI
change in the family affects wom en. Any change in the
lives o f women affects the family and the society.
G overnm ents have already passed some laws affecting
w om en because o f the UN Decade for W omen. T h e UN
report will affect the changes now happening in the fainil>
and societv.
A. V ocabu lary
provides prepared published official

agriculture illiterate training supposed to
affect rights protected domestic
1. W hat book c o m p a n y _____________ this book?

2. Are y o u _____________for the big test tomorrow ?
3- A_____________ worker does a family's housework.
4. Hot and cold w e a th e r _____ ________people in different wavs
5. Firefighters need_____________ before they can put out fires
6. Caves____________ some people from the weather thousands o f vears aco
7. In som e countries, schools must give ____________ exam s at the end of
the vear. In others, each teacher writes an exam
8. You a r c _____________come to class on time
WORLD ISSUES
B. V ocabulary
share frighten illiterate right

agriculture training protect field
as well as domestic rapidly typical
1. The children started fighting because one took more than his
o f the cake.
2. Some m o v ie s _____________children so they can't sleep.
3. The world's population is increasing __ _______ .
4. Marge helped her friend finish her work. This was ____________ o f
Marge. She helps people a lot.
5. is another word for farm ing.
6. _________ to enough food, a place to live, medical
Everyone has t h e ________
care, and an education.
7. People who can't read and write are
8. There are some hoi'bes> in the behind the farmhoi^
C. V ocabulary R eview
M atch the words with their meaning.
r e l a ti v e __ a. person who studies society

2. individual b. pass things out ctiLt
3. population c. get larger
4. increase _ d. get smaller
5. sociologist e. number
6. method __ f. person
7. shortage e? g. number o f people in an area
8. distribute h. way
9. disaster _ i. natural resources
10. decrease _ j. family member
1 1. figure __, k. frequent
I. not enough
m terrible happening
75
C A U S E A N D EFFECT
H O U R S IN A W O M A N S D A Y IN D E V E L O P I N G C O U N T R IE S
M E N ’S A N D W O M E N 'S W O R K IN A F R I C A
P ercentage o f Total
W ork in Hours
M en W om en
Cuts down forests, prepares f i e l d s ............................................... ....95 ......... ............... 5
Turns the soil ............................. ....70 ......... ............... 30
Plants seeds and cuttings ............................. ....50 ......... ............... 50
Hoes and w eeds ............................. ....30 ........ ............... 70
Gathers crops ............................ ....40 ........ ............................. 60
Carries crops home ............................. ....20 ................ .............................80
Stores crops ..................................................... ....20 ................ ............................. 80
Processes food crops ..................................................... . . . . 10 ........ ............................. 90
Sells the extra crops ..................................................... ....40 ................ ............................. 60
Carries water and fuel .... 10 ........ ............... 90

Cares for dom estic anim als ............................. .50 ........ ............... 50
Hunts .. .90 ........ ............... 10
Feeds and cares for the familv 5 ............ 95
SO U R C E : UN Handbook, on W omen in Africa.
76
WORLD ISSU E S
D. M u ltiple C hoice
Use the text and the charts to answer these questions.
1. In Africa, a village woman spends a b o u t ____________ o f her day farming.
a. 1/4 b. 1/3 c. 1/2
2. The Decade for W omen was organized by____________ .
a. UNICEF
b. the World Health Organization
c. the United Nations
3. o f all countries have official organizations to improve the
life o f women.
a. All but 90 percent b. Half c. All but 10 percent
4. The average wom an e a r n s ____________ the average man.
a. more than b. the same as c. less than
5. in the world are literate.
a. More men than women
b. More wom en than men
c A b o u t t he sam e n u m b er o f w o m en and men
6. In A f r ic a ,_____________o f the farm work is done b) men

a. 80 percent b. 50 percent c. 20 percent
7. A typical w om an in a developing country s p e n d s ____________ collecting
firewood daily.
a. 1 hour b.2 hours c. 1/2 hour
8. An African village man does about half o f t h e ____________ .
a. w eeding b. planting c. hunting
9. S o m e _____________programs are changing because o f the UN report.
a. agricultural b. water c. industrial
10. In Africa, v illa g e _____________carry most o f the crops, water, and fuel.
a. men b. women c. children
official (adj) [e'fi/l] clu'nli lliitc

the same as litong tit
literate (adj) [’1i tori t] biet chit
crop (n) [kop] niiia mang
weed (v) [wi:d] lam co
77
C AUSE A N D KFFECT
I What does "wom en hold up half the sky " mean?

r I r-1
How many countries have laws to protect the rights o f w om en '

Do you know any older women who are illiterate0 If \ o u do. win didn't
they go to school?
4. Give a reason why som e w om en work more hours than men
5. Why do you think m ost Italian men don't help with the housework?
6- Is it easy to change the life o f w om en in the society0 Give a rca>on for
your answer.
7 In your country, is the life o f a young wom an todav different from the
life o f young w om en 50 years ago? Give two examples
F. M ain Idea
W h a t is the m a in id ea o f this reading text? Write one or tw o sentences
78
WORLD ISSU E S
W O R D STUDY
A. Scanning
Scan the reading text to find these answers. Write the answer and the num ber
of the line where you found the answer.
1. What percentage o f jobs are held by women?

2. What percentage o f government jo b s are held by women?
3. What percentage o f countries have laws about equal pay?
4. In Africa, what percentage o f farm work do women do?
5. How many hours a day do Pakistani women spend doing housework?
6. When was the Decade for W omen?
7. What percentage o f women have birth-control methods available?
8. What percentage o f children in school are boys?
B. W ord Form s
There is alw ays a noun after an article. There might be an adjective before
the noun.
W omen do mobt ol the hou se w o rk .

An illiterate p e rs o n cannot read or write.
V erb Noun A djcctivc Adverb

1. publish publication
publisher
2. protect protection (un) protected
protective protectively
j. (il) literacy (il) literate
4. frighten fright frightening frighteningly
5. agriculture agricultural agriculturally
6. provide provision
7. train training
8. type typical typically
9 prepare preparation
10. affect effect (in) effective (in) effectively
I N ew sw eek is a p opular_____________.
2a. The police p r o v id e _____________ for the people in a c o u n tr).
79
CAUSE AND EFFECT
2b. W orkers in dangerous jo b s w e a r _____________ clothing

3. Few people are________in Japan. The educational system is very strong
4. Ms. Baker had a ____________ experience last night. A strange man was
in her house when she got home from w ork late
5. Very few people work in _____ _______ in northern Russia It is not an
_____________area.
6a. The teachers w i l l ____________ food for the party.
6b. Explorers have to take a lot o f _____________w ith them.
7. You have to ___________ to be a police officer. ___________ is
necessary.
8. What _____________o f student are you? Are you a ____________ college
student? A good s tu d e n t_____________studies a lot.
9. It is difficult to give a speech without_____________
10. Exercise has a good _____________on the muscles. If you cxercise
_____________, you will have strong muscles.
C. A rtic les
Put articles in the blanks if they are necessary.
1. This i s _____________old Chinese saying.
2. In 1975_______United Nations organized_________ Decade for Women
3. Some o f _____________news i n _____________ report is very good.
4. For example, 90 percent o f a l l __________ countries how h a v e _______
official organizations to improve__________ lives o f ___________women.
5. Forty-one percent o f ____________ children i n ___________ school now art
_______girls.
6. millions also work o u t s i d e ____________ home
7. Sixty percent o f ___________ people who can't read a r e __________women
8. In_____________Africa, 60 percent o f all agricultural work is done b\
______________ women.
9. In___________ Africa, this is______________typical d a \ f o r ___________
village woman.
10. This is only______ small part o f______ information in_________ UN report
strange (adj) [streind^] : la, xa la. ky la

n ecessary (adj) [’nesiseri] : can thief
m u scle (n) [’mAsl] : c a bap
outside (v) ['autsaid] : ben ngoai
WORLD ISSU E S
D. C o n n e c t in g W o rd s
Use the w ord b u t to connect a sentence from the second colum n with one
from the first column. Make one complete sentence.
1. Some o f the news in the report is good. a. Only 41 percent go to school.
2. H alf o f the world's children are girls. b. They use the most natural
resources.
3. Many women work outside the home. c. It can be increased only a little
4. Rich countries have the fewest people. d. Some o f it is bad.
5. It is possible to increase the amount e. Most o f it is salt water.
o f farmland.
6. There is enough water in the world. f. Their husbands don't help
them with the housework.
E. C o n te x t C lu e s
1. The N orth Pole is in a cold reg io n o f the earth.
a. tem perature b. frozen c. area
2. A nim als su c h as lions, hippopotamuses, and elephants live in Africa,
a. for exam ple b. how ever c. although
3. Babies are tiny when they are bom .
a. h a lf grow n - b. very small c. ancient
4. T w enty - five is a q u a r t e r o f one hundred.
a. o n e - f o u r t h b. o n e - t h i r d c. one - h alf
5. We get b e e f and milk from cattle.
a. c ow s b. sheep c. goats
6. Miss Li no lo n g e r lives in Hong Kong. She moved to Taiwan.
a. shorter b. plans to c. not any more
salt (n) [so:lt] m uoi

such as [sALf] vi du nliU
tiny (adj) ['taini] nlio be
quarter (n) [’k w j:te ] m ot plian ti(
cattle (n) ['kictl] gia site
81
RAIN FORESTS 4
Tropical rain forests are found in the Am azon
area
region. Central Am erica, parts o f Africa, and parts
o f South and Southeast Asia. These are thick forests
with trees 45 meters high. These huge trees have brini
their first branches about 10 meters above the
ground. Below the trees there is another level o f
plants - many kinds o f smaller trees, bushes, and
flowers.
Each level o f the rain forest is its own world.
The lower level is protected by the trees above. The
temperature and hum idity (the amount o f w ater or
moisture in the air) stay about the same in the lower
level. There is not much sunlight. In the upper level
the sun, rain, and wind change the tem perature and
humidity often.
It is am azing to find that there is an animal
world in the upper level. There are monkeys,
eaMr.•/•>•■!■
members o f the cat family, birds, and insects such a-, fy te e
as bees, bu tterflies, and m any kinds o f flie s. There such as - •A j i r c r
are also other anim als that usually live on the
ground-mice, ants and even earth w o r m s.
This upper level o f the forest is thick with
plant life because the trees are covered with other
plants. Most plants get nutrients from the ground
through their roots These plants in the upper level root)
take their nutrients from the trees they live on and food
from the other plants that die there.
tropical (adj) ['tnpikl ] : lltitoc nliict dm branch (n) [ b ra n t/l : ranhjilidnli

level (n ) [’levl] : cap do bush (n) [bu/] cay tliup. bin ram
hum idity (n) [hju:'miditi]: si(am ifot moisture (adj) [’moist/a]: am tan
insect (n ) ['msckt] : con tiring nutrienl (n) ['nju tnont] d ull Jm h ditf'mR
82
WORLD ISSU E S
The animals need "streets" so they can move along the

upper level without going down to the ground. In order to
travel in this upper level, they make paths along the branches
o f the trees. A researcher found a path that stretched for 18
meters in one tree. One kind o f tiny ant makes a path only 3 very small
millimeters wide.
N ow h u m a n s are destroying the earth's tropical rain people
forests. About 100,000 square kilometers are being destroyed
every year. About one-fourth o f the destruction comes from noun for destroy
people cutting down trees for fuel. Another quarter is 1/4
destroyed when people cut down trees to make grassland for
their cattle. People cut down the rest o f the trees so they can
sell the wood or start farms.
The world needs more food, and it seems like a good
idea to clear the rain forests and use the land for agriculture.
Land that can support these huge, thick forests must be very
rich in nutrients. But it isn't. This is another surprising thing
about rain forests.
Most o f the land in tropical rain forests is very poor.
The plants are able to live because o f all the dead leaves and
other parts o f the plants that fall to the ground. This carpet o f
dead plants provides nutrients for the living plants.
When the land is cleared for agriculture, there are no not any more
longer any plants left to die and provide nutrients for living circle
plants. The cycle is broken. Agriculture is not successful
because the land cannot support it. Trees cannot grow again
because the carpet o f dead plants is gone. The land becomes
empty and useless.
Is this important? What does it matter to a Japanese
businessman, a French fanner, or an Arab student that people
are destroying rain forests thousands o f kilometers away?
path (n) [pa:0 ] loi rnon

stretch (v) [strct/] keo ddi
destroy (v) [di'strru] pha liny, luiy diet
no longer (adj) [’b r |g e ] klidng con
83
C AUSE A N D EFFECT
Do you ever take m edicine? Do you w ear running

shoes? Do you use envelopes when you mail letters?
Rain forests make these things possible.
Rain forests cover about 7 percent o f the earth's
area, but they have 100,000 kinds o f plants, probably
h a lf o f all the kinds o f plants on earth. T w enty percent o f
our different kinds o f m edicine com es from rain forests.
The glue on an envelope and in shoes co m e s from
tropical plants. Rain forests provide m aterials for
hundreds o f other products.
Rain forests are also very important to the world's
climate. The Am azon rain forest alone receives about 30
to 40 percent o f the total rainfall on the earth and
produces about the sam e percentage o f the world's
oxygen (O). N o one know s how the decreasing size o f
the world's rain forests will affect the earth's climate.
Saving our rain forests is an international problem.
One country or even a few countries cannot solve the
problem alone. The nations o f the world must work
together to find a solution before it is too late.
A. V ocabulary
bush path branch such as
humans q uarter no longer solution
insects tiny level roots
destruction cattle tropical humidity
1. Flies, ants, and bees are e xam ples o f

2. An insect is a animal.
m edicine (n) [medsin] : //;//re glue (n) [g Iu :] ho dan

solution (n) [se'lu:/n] : giai p h d p root (n) [ru t] gdc, re
fly (n) [ flai] : con rtioi move up (v) [mu v] difa len
bee (n) [bi: ] : con ong
84
WORLD ISSU E S
3. When students do well in their English classes, they move up to the

next___________ .
4. Masako had to leave the university and go home. She i s ______________
studying English.
5. can work together to save rain forests.
6 . Anne and Ken like to walk on a_ along the river in the evening.
7. A______________ is part o f a tree.
8. A _ is a plant that grows lower than a tree,
9. are cows.
10. M alaysia is a _____________ country. The temperature and the_
are both high there.
. We must find a to the problem o f overpopulation.
12 . The __________ o f most plants are below the ground.
B. V ocabulary
fly cycle nutrients path
ant bee moisture region
o x y g e n (O ) such as butterfly earthworms
stretch glue quarter no longer
The_ and are all insects.

2. A is a circle.
3. Humans need to eat the right food in order to get the right____________ .
4. M ost o f North Africa is a desert____________ .
5. Carol needs s o m e _____________to fix a broken plate.
6. People in Latin Am erican c o u n tr i e s _____________Ecuador, Peru, and
Venezuela speak Spanish.
7. The Andes M o u n ta in s _____________from Colombia to Chile.
8. A is one-fourth.
9. Most live under the ground.
10 The amount o f ________ in the air is called humidity.
II is necessary for life.
fly (v) [flat] bay

butterfly (n) ['bAteflai] con bu&ni
earthworm (n) ['o:0w o:m ] giiin ddt
cycle (n) [’saikl] elm ky
85
CAUSE AN D EFFECT
C. V ocabu lary R eview

rubber ivory treat colony
attitude although average metal
famine industry revolution extended
nuclear tribes frightened field
1. There are two kinds o f families,___________ and

2. The Indian in the A m ericas cam e from Siberia
3. Mr. Green has an excellent about visiting a foreign country.
He wants to learn everything about it that he can.
4. You don't have to like everybody, but you should everyone
the right way.
5. Joe doesn't like to fly, he is going to Hawaii on his vacation.
6 . Tires are m ade from
7. Most com es from elephants.
8. The United States was a B r i t i s h _____________ until 1776. Then the
A m e ric a n _____________ made it a separate country
D. T ru e/F alse/N o Inform ation
________ 1. Some rain forests are not in the tropics.

________ 2. There is more change in w eather in the upper level o f a rain
forest than in the lower.
________ 3 . In the upper level, some plants support the life o f the other
plants.
________ 4. Plants get nutrients through their branches.
________ 5. people destroy about 20,000 square kilometers o f tropical rain
forest every year so they can burn the wood
v a c a tio n (n ) [ 'k x t a ie n ] Ly nghi

tire (n ) [ ’taio ] top it ’
86
W ORLD ISSUES
________ 6. The land in tropical rain forests is rich.

________ 7. Tropical rain forest land can support forests, although it
cannot support agriculture.
________ _8. Material from rain forests in used to make cassette tapes.
________ _9. Earthworms make paths on the branches o f trees in rain forests
________ _10. There are rain forests in Brazil.
________ _11. Rain forests have 100,000 kinds o f plants.
1. H ow is the weather in the lower level o f a rain forest different from the
w eather in the upper level?
2. W hy is it amazing to find mice and earthworms in the upper level?
3. W here do most plants in the upper level get their nutrients?
4. W hy do people cut down trees in rain forests?
5. W here do plants in the lower level get their nutrients?
6. W hat happens to the land when the trees are cut down?
7. W hy are rain forests important to the world's climate?
8. W hat are some other reasons they are important to all o f us?
F. M ain Idea
1. W hich sentence is the main idea for paragraph 3 (lines 16-22)?

2. W rite your own sentence for the main idea o f paragraph 12 (lines 72-79).
m aterial (n) [mo'tieriol] nguyeii lieu
87
WORD STUDY
A. Noun S u b stitu tes
Find each word and decide what it is a substitute for. It is usually a substitute
for one word, but it might be for a whole sentence.
Example: In 1975, the United N ations organized the D ecade for
W omen. In 1985, it published a report.
It is a substitute for the U nited N ations.

1. page 82, line 3 these
2. 27 their
3. page 83, line 28 they
4. 29 there
5. 30 they
6. 50 it
7. 50 this
8. 61 it
9. 64 this
10. page 84, line 73 they
B. C a u s e a n d E ffect
M atch the causes in the first colum n with the effects in the second column.
Cause E ffect
1. The upper level is thick with plants a. The w eather d o e sn ’t change
much in the low er lev eI.
2. The trees are all cut down. b. They make paths with branches.
3. A carpet o f dead plants provides c. The land cannot support
nutrients. agriculture.
4. A nim als want to travel in the upper d. Tropical plants can live
level. on poor land
5. The lower level is protected by the e. Tropical land becom es
upper level. useless.
88
WORLD ISSU E S # @ ^
C. A rticles
Put an article in each blank it if is necessary.
1. B e l o w ____________ trees there is another level o f plants.
2. Each level o f _____________forest is its own world.
3. temperature and humidity (_( amount o f water
or_____ moisture in air) stay about same.
4. In_____ upper level, sun, rain, and wind
change________ _tem perature a n d __ humidity often.
5. It is amazing to find that there is animal world in
_____________upper level.
6. M ost plants g e t _______nutrients from ground through their roots.
7. These plants in upper level take their nutrients from
trees they live on and f r o m _______ __ other plants that die there.
8. researcher found_______ j)ath that stretched f o r ______
18 meters in one tree.
9. O ne kind o f ________tiny ant makes path only 3 millimeters wide.
D. W ord Form s
V erb Noun A djective A dverb
1. tropics tropical
2. humidity humid
3. moisture moist
4. human (in) human (in) humanly
humanity
5. destroy destruction destructive destructively
6. solve solution
7. endanger danger dangerous dangerously
endangered
8. (in) ability (un) able ably
(dis) ability
9. (dis) appear (dis) appearance
10. own ow ner
ownership
ground (n) [graund] dat

tree (n) [tri: ] cay, cay go
plant (n) [pla:nt] : cay xanli, thuc vat
wide (n) [waid] do rqng
89
C AUSE A N D EFFECT
1. Indonesia is in t h e _____________.
2. It's hot a n d _____________today.
3. It's humid today and my skin i s _____________■
4a. beings must work together to solve the world s problems.
4b. Some prisoners want to escape because the jailers treat th em _________
5. War is _____________It takes human life and ______________cities,
villages, and agricultural land.
6. Dan finally figured out t h e _____________to his math problem.
7. The tropical rain forests o f the world are _____________ T hey are in
_____________o f being destroyed.
8a. Is the United N ations_____________to improve the life o f w om en?
8b. Deafness and blindness are exam ples o f a physical_____________ .
8c. T he_________ to speak English is a problem for an international businessman.
9. T h e ____________o f 100,000 square kilom eters o f rain forest a year is a
serious problem.
10. W ho is t h e _____________ o f that beautiful M ercedes Benz?
E. C on text C lues
1. Tom has books, pencils, a radio, a cup, some cassettes, and several other
ob jects on his desk.
a. books b. things c. w riting materials
2. There are plants that contain poison in both deserts and rain forests. If
you eat one, you will get sick or even die.
a. a kind o f medicine.
b. a plant that can live on poor land
c. som ething that can kill you
3. When the teacher gave 15 pages o f hom ew ork, the students protested.
a. said they didn't like it
b. asked what the page num bers were
c. asked for more
4. Don't dress up for the party tonight. Just w ear your o r d i n a r y clothes,
a. best b. oldest c. usual
prisoner (n) ['prizne] : ngu&i tii,lit nhan

jailer (n) ['decile] : cai ngiic
physical (adj) [Tizikl] : th h o c the cliat
poison (n) ['pDizn] : cliat doc
protest (v) ['proutcst] : plidn dot
90
GREENPEACE
The environm ent is everything around us, both
5
natural and made by humans. A m ajor problem in
the world today is the destruction o f the natural
environment.
This is a com plicated problem. We burn fuel, and complicated *
this causes air pollution. We throw aw ay millions o f simple, easy
plastic bags, containers, toys, and other o b jects. These things

stay in the environment; they are not like paper or wood
that slowly disappear. We have made thousands o f new
chemicals. Factories that make or use chemicals always
have chemical wastes. These are often poisonous, and
they stay in the environment.
Since 1945, several countries have been testing
nuclcar bom bs in the air and underground. The
explosions in the air cause nuclear fallout. The fallout
causes cancer and kills animals and people. N ow there
are nuclear power plants to make electricity. These
produce dangerous wastes and have accidents that can be
very dangerous.
T he increase in the world's population means that
we need more food. We also use more wood, metals, and
other natural resources.
Individuals, governments, and international
organizations worry about this problem and try to find
solutions. Greenpeace is one nongovernmental,
international organization that works to save the
environment.
complicated (adj) ['komplikeitid] pliuc lap

nuclear bom b (n) [’nju:klie b.tm] bom hat nhan
explosion (n) [iks'plouc3n] s u no
non-governm ent (n) [.non .gAvon'm cntl] pin cliinli pliu
91
@@@@@
G reenpeace was organized in 1971 in V ancouver,
British Colum bia, on the west coast o f Canada. It was
organized because the United States was testing bom bs
on A m chitka Island in Alabka. T hese were A m erican
tests, but they were very near Canada. W hen G reenpeace
protested the tests, other people becam e interested. A
ye a r later, the testing was stopped because o f the
protests.
Next, m em bers o f G reenpeace sailed to the South
Pacific to protest where France does nuclear testing on
M oruroa, an island halfw ay between Chile and Australia.
In 1973, the French stopped testing, but they started
again in the 1980s. In 1985, a G reenpeace ship w as in
N ew Zealand on its way to M oruroa again som eone
w orking for the French governm ent put a bom b on the
ship, and it sank. The explosion killed one man.
G reenpeace also tries to save animals. Every year
hunters kill thousands o f baby seals in N o rw a y and
C anada and sell the skins to m ake coats. M em bers o f
G reenpeace sail to the area and stand betw een the
hunters and the seals. W hen ships hunt w h a le s ,
G reenpeace sails to the area, and then the m em bers go in
small boats between the whaling ships and the whales.
M any countries put their chemical and nuclear
w astes in the sea. Although the seas and oceans are huge,
we are beginning to pollute them with ou r wastes.
G reenpeace is trying to protect the seas.
G reenpeace believes that all f o rm s o f life on earth kinds
depend on each other. All the form s o f plant and animal
life fit together in the environm ent. We need all o f them.
kill (v) [kil ] : giet d ie t

seal (n) [si:1] : hai cdu
whale (n) [weil] : ca voi
depend on st (v) [di'pend] : phu thuoc vao
92
WORLD ISSU E S
Greenpeace also believes that there is a limit to all o f our

natural resources. We need to take care o f them and use
them carefully. We need to protect the earth for our
children.
Greenpeace works in two ways. It uses direct
action; that is, it sends a ship directly to where people are
hunting whales or seals. It sails into the area where
France is testing bombs. Its actions are always
n o n v io le n t; Greenpeace never fights or kills or hurts peaceful
anyone. It always works in a peaceful way.
When other people hear about this direct action
from newspapers, magazines, or television, they become
worried about the problem too. Then some o f them try to
make their government take action to solve the problem.
Greenpeace also uses indirect action. It does
research on chemicals, pollution, and nuclear wastes. It
uses this research to try to make governm ents change
their laws.
G reenpeace also tries to educate people. It works
with other organizations and shares its research and
information. It makes Films about environmental
problems. It gives lectures in schools.
W here does Greenpeace get its money? Ordinary
people in Europe, North America, Australia, and New
Zealand give money. Some people also work for
G reenpeace without receiving any pay.
G reenpeace believes that we must all learn to live in
peace, not j u s t with other humans, but with all the
beautiful anim als on earth. We must work now to protect
the future o f the earth, or it may be too late.
nonviolent (adj) [,non ’vaielent] : kliong co bao lire

direct (adj) [di'rekt] : true tiep
chemical (n) [’kemikl] : hod cliat
pollution (n) [pe'lu:/n] : o n h iim
waste (n) [weist] : cliat tliai
93
A. V ocabu lary
poisonous nonviolent depend on explosion
nuclear chemicals whales object
wastes bombs forms direct
1. A _____________bomb is more dangerous than other bombs.
2. The USSR and the United States have thousands o f n u c l e a r _________ .
3. M any organizations have _____________protests against nuclear bombs.
T hey are peaceful.
4. A nuclear bomb causes a t e r r ib le _____________.
5. Chem ists have m ade thousands o f n e w _____________
6. Som e chem icals are _____________.
7. T he _____________ from nuclear plants are dangerous.
8. Som e_________ o f life, such as dinosaurs, have disappeared from the earth.
9. Some organizations try to change the laws o f the country. Others take
action to produce change.
10. Can I _____________ you to take me to class every day? Will you ever
forget to pick me up?
B. V ocabu lary
form ordinary environm ent protest
poisonous com plicated object explosion
w hales pollution seals wastes
1. and _____________ are animals.
2. A i r _____________ is a serious problem in M exico City.
3. Factories pollute the _____________.
4. people in many countries _____________ because their
governm ents have nuclear bombs.
5. Doris had a strange ____________in her hand. I didn't know what it was.
6. Engineers have to solve _____________ problems.
poisonous (n) [’poize n e s] doc hai

o b je c t(n ) [’obd3ikt] vat the
dinosaur (n) [daine's:>:r] khiing long
forget to do s t( v ) [fo'get] quen lain gi
94
WORLD ISSU E S
C. V ocab u lary Review: A ntonym s

Match the words that mean the opposite.
1. warlike ________________________ ____a. literate
2. be supposed to _________________ ____b. slowly
3. typical ________________________ ____c. increase
4. illiterate _______________________ ____d. underpopulated
5. i n d iv id u a l ______________________ ____e. peaceful
6. no longer ______________________ ____f. unusual
7. rapidly ________________________ ____g. rights
8. huge ___________________________ ____h. shouldn't
9. h u m i d ______________________________i. training
10. decrease ______________________ j. group
11. overpopulated ________________ k. tiny
I. still
m. dry
D. M u ltiple C hoice
1. T he environm ent is _____________.
a. natural b. madte by people c. both a and b
2. Poisonous chemicals p o llu te ____________ .
a. air and water b. wastes c. explosions
3. N uclear testing can cause ____________ .
a. cancer b. chemicals c. both a and b
4. G reenpeace started as ____________ organization.
a. an A m erican b. a European c. a Canadian
5 . tests nuclear bombs in the South Pacific.
a. France b. N ew Zealand c. Australia
6. G reenpeace tries to p r o te c t ____________ .
a. w haling ships that are far from the land
b. seals that are killed for their skins
c. people w ho have cancer from nuclear tests
environm ent (n) [in'vaieronment] : m oi truang

pollute (v) [pe'lu:t] : lam o nhiem
cancer (n) [’kumse] : u n g th u
95
C AUSE A N D EFFECT
7. Greenpeace believes t h a t _____________ .

a. all kinds o f life depend on each other
b. direct action is the only w ay to solve problem s
c. people cannot m ake their governm ents change
8. Greenpeace is _____________ .
a. violent only w hen it is necessary
b. violent if the hunters or w halers are violent
c. never violent.
9. Greenpeace gets its m oney f r o m _____________ .
a. ordinary people
b. official governm ent organizations
c. other organizations.
1. N am e two ways that we are destroying the environm ent.

2. W hy are nuclear pow er plants dangerous?
3. W hy are we using ou r natural resources faster than we used to?
4. W hy was G reenpeace organized?
5. W hy has G reenpeace gone to the South Pacific?
6. W hat are three things that G reenpeace tries to protect?
7. W hy does G reenpeace take direct action?
8. H ow does G reenpeace try to educate people?
9. Do you think the pollution o f the environm ent is serious? Give a reason
for your answer.
F. M ain Idea
1. Write a sentence that gives the main idea for paragraph 3 (lines 1 4 - 2 1 )
2. W hich sentence is the main idea o f paragraph 8 (lines 49 - 5 6 ) ?
violent (n) [’v a ielent] : bao life

ordinary (adj) ['oirdeneri] : thong thuang
educate (v) ['edju:keit] : giao due
96
WORLD IS S U E S ® ® @ ^ @
WORD STUDY
A. S um m arizin g
Which sentence is the summary o f the paragraph?
1. Paragraph 2 (lines 5 - 1 3 )
a. The pollution o f the environment is a complicated problem.
b. Chem icals and waste products pollute the earth.
c. Factories pollute the environment.
2. Paragraph 11 (lines 70 - 76).
a. G reenpeace uses nonviolent direct action.
b. G reenpeace alw ays works in a peaceful way.
c. G reenpeace tries to stop nuclear testing.
a. G reenpeace m akes Films and gives lectures.
b. G reenpeace shares its research.
c. G reenpeace tries to educated people.
B. C on n ectin g W ords
Use and to connect a sentence from the first column with a sentence from
the second colum n. M ake one complete sentence, and use a comm a before
and.
1. Som e chem icals are poisonous. a. Fallout causes cancer.

2. N uclear explosions cause fallout. b. We need all o f them.
3. There are m ore people in the world. c. They stay in the environment.
4. G reenpeace was organized to stop d. The testing was stopped.
nuclear testing in Alaska. e They stand between the men
5. Someone put a bom b on their ship. and the seals.
6. M embers o f G reenpeace sail to the f. M ore people use more o f our
areas where men kill seals. natural resources.
7. All forms o f life fit together in the g. The explosion killed a man.
environment.
share (v) [-fee] : chia se

fallout (n) [Totl'aut] : bui phong xa
97
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
C. T w o - W ord V erbs
check in - tell the airline that you are there for the flight or tell the
hotel you are there for your room,
drop out - stop going to school
get through -fin ish
put back - put som ething w here it w as before or where it belongs
think over - think about carefully
1. I can’t give you may answ er right away. I have to ____________ it
. I'll tell you next week.
2. You have to_____________at the airport 45 m inutes before your flight
leaves.
3. Did you _____________with yo u r hom ew ork yet?
4. David didn’t finish college. He _____________ after his second year.
5. Please _____________ the f o o d _____________ in the refrigerator. Don’t
leave it out on the table.
D. C om poun d W ords
Use a word from the first colum n and one from the second colum n to make a
co m pound word.
1. dow n a. work
2. far b. land
3. rain c. land
4. fall d. hill
5. h a lf e. fall
6. house f. ground
7. grass g. o f f
8. under h. out
9. farm i. way
ch e ck in (v) [t/ek] lam tliu tuc dang ky

drop out (v) [ 'd o p 'a u t ] bo hoc giua chung
put back (v) [put b<ek] cat
think over (v) [Oink] suy xel
98
WORLD ISSU E S
E. C on text C lues
1. T he cou p le next door to us has tw o children.

a. tw o people7 b. a husband and wife c. a few
2. Stop talking im m ediately. T his is a test.

a. in a few minutes b. right now c. soon
3. Bod received a video tape recorder as a gift from his parents on his
birthday.
a. present b. m oney c. package
4. This textbook has a variety o f exercises.

a. vocabulary b. few c. several different kinds
5. W e will have the class picnic even though the weather isn't very nice.
a. T he w eather isn't nice, so we won't have the picnic.
b. T he weather isn't nice, but we'll have the picnic anyway.
c. W e won't have the picnic because the weather isn't nice.
im m ediately (adj) [i'mi :dj otli] ngay lap tuc

g ift(n ) [gift] qua tang
variety (n) [vo'raieti] s u pliong phu
even though (adv) ['i:vein Ctoitl m ac du
99
A MISHMASH Unit
(A HODGEPODGE) JH
The world is so full of a n u m b e r of things,
I'm su re we should all be as happy as kings.
- R obert Louis Stevenson
102
THE ROADRUNNER 1
Beep Beep! People all over the world laugh at
roadrunner cartoons, but the real bird is almost as funny
as the cartoon.
The roadrunner lives in the desert region o f the
southwestern United States and northern Mexico. It is a
bird, but it can only fly about as much as a chicken can.
People gave it its name because they usually see it
running across a road, but o f course it spends more time
among the plants in the desert than it does on roads.
The roadrunner is quite a large bird - about 45
centimeters long and 25 high. People laugh when it
runs because it looks so funny. It holds its head straight
out in front and its tail sticks Straight out in back. It
takes long steps and can run 30 kilometers an hour.
It eats an am azing v a rie ty o f food. Although it different kinds
eats plants on ce in a w h ile , it is mostly a meat eater. sometimes
M ost o f its diet is insects, but it also catches birds,

mice, and other small animals. It is even brave enough
to catch tarantulas, sn a k es, and black widow sp id ers.
In the spring a male roadrunner begins looking for
a female as a mate. W hen he finds one, he gives her
presents - a snake to eat or a twig (a tiny branch o f a
tree) to use in building a n e s t. Then they build their
nest, the female lays eggs, and they raise their young.
laugh at sb (v) ['la: ft] : cu&i nhao ai

funny (adj) [’fAni] : nuc cuai
once in a while (adv) : tliinli tlioang
snake (n) [sncik] : con ran
n e s t( n ) [nest] : to(cliiin)
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
LI
Roadrunners can also becom e friendly with people
One c o u p le in Arizona feeds a pair o f roadrunners which wife and husband
come one at a time every day and m ake a noise outside the
window. If som eone doesn't give the bird a piece o f
hamburger im m e d ia te ly , the bird knocks on the window right now
with its b e a k .
In early spring, the bird doesn’t eat the meat itself. It
carries the meat to its nest to feed its young. Later on it
brings the young bird to the house to beg for food itself.
beak
When the w om an whistles, the bird com es running.
W hen the man walks out the drivew ay, the roadrunner
walks along behind, like a dog or cat.
Another couple feeds a pair o f roadrunners which go
right into the house. They will stand on a chair or table
and watch television, and they seem really interested in
what is happening on the program. In the spring, the male
som etim es brings gifts to the couple - a leaf or twig for
building a nest, or an insect.
In winter, w hen nighttime tem peratures in the desert w in g
can be 20°C colder than during the day, the w eather isn't
warm until the m iddle o f the morning. T he roadrunner has
an unusual way o f keeping warm in this cold weather. In
the early morning, the roadrunner stands with its back to
the sun. It holds out its w in g s and lifts the f e a t h e r s on its
upper back. There is a dark spot on the skin under these
feathers. This spot collects heat from the sun and warms
the bird's body. The bird doesn't need to use a lot o f
f e a th e i
energy to keep warm the way most birds do.
beak (n) [bi :k] : m o (cliim ...)

shy (adj) [ / ai] : xd u ltd
whistle (v) [’wisl] : 11ityI sao
s p o t(n ) [spot] : cham ,not
energy (n) ['cnecUi] : u d n g h fou g
driveway (n) ['draivwei] : cluditg xe hoi tu cong vao tiha
104
A MISHMASH (A HODGEPODGE)
Some people in M exican villages use roadrunner meat

as medicine. They believe that because roadrunners can eat
poisonous animals and not die, their meat should be good
for human sickness.
Maybe we shouldn't laugh at the roadrunner. Even although
though it looks funny when it runs, it has developed a special
way to keep warm, and it can eat poisonous animals. It can
even make friends with humans. It fits into its environment
very well, and it isn't important that it looks funny.
A. V o c a b u la ry
variety diet male female
mate knock driveway feathers
even though snakes immediately whistled
gift special stick out couple
1. Some are dangerous, but most are not.

2. A connects the garage and the street.
3. There is a large _____________ o f food in a supermarket.
4. A woman is a , and a man is a
5. The class is going to the m useum ___________ it is raining a little, and
we have to walk.
6 . T h e ______________in C hina is based on rice and vegetables
7. Birds have______________ .
8. Bill______________ for a taxi and one stopped..
9. Animals look for a ______________ in spring.
10. Mr. and Mrs. G order are a married
11. If you hear the fire alarm, leave the building___
12. Joan received a car from her parents as a_ when she
finished college.
m ake friend (v) [m eik frend] ket ban

num ans (n) ['hju:men] lo a i ngudi
m ate (n) [meit] ban
stick out for st (v) [stick]
105
B. V ocab u lary
knock programs spot once in a while
spider wing stick out energy
diet special feather immediately
even though snake nest variety
An airplane has a on each side so it can fly.

2 . When I heard a at the door, I went to answer it.
3. Mary w atches television a lot, but she only goes to the m ovies_
4. An insect has six legs; a__________________has eight.
5. D on't__________________ your tongue; it is very impolite.
6 . Jean has a _____ on her new white jeans, and she can't get it out.
7. What television __________ do you like to watch?
8 . We burn w ood, gas, coal, and oil for_________
9. Birds build a __________________in the spring.
10 There w as a m eeting for new students during the first
week o f classes.
C. V ocab u lary R eview
Match the w ords with their definitions.
1. prepare __________________________ a. print and distribute books
2. l i t e r a t e ____________________________ b. should
3. b u s h ______________________________ c. one-fourth
4. cattle _____________________________ d. get ready
5. publish __________________________ e. for exam ple
6. region ____________________________ f. low plant
7. non violent _______________________ g. can read and write
8. cycle h. area
9. be supposed to i. tropical
10. such a s ______ j. cow s
11. quarter______ k. dom estic
12. object ______ I. peaceful
m. circle
n. thing
k n o c k (v ) [nok] : go cua
special (adj) [’spe/1] dac biet
to n g u e (n ) [tAr|] : luoi
bum (v) [bAm] dot
106
A M ISHM ASH (A HODGEPODGE)
D. T ru e/F alse
_______ 1. The roadrunner runs around the desert looking for food.
_______2. Roadrunners live only in M exico and the United States.
_______3. The female gives the male gifts in the spring.
_______4. A roadrunner is afraid o f people and stays away from them.
_______5. This bird can learn to depend on people.
_______6. A big difference between daytime and nighttime temperatures
is typical in the desert.
_______7. A roadrunner uses a lot o f energy keeping warm in winter.
_______8. The roadrunner is a typical bird.
1. What does a roadrunner eat?
2. Why does a male give gifts to the female?
3. Explain why the roadrunner is an unusual bird.
4. Why do people laugh at the roadrunner?
5. Explain how the roadrunner gets warm in the winter.
6. Do you think sick people will get better if they eat roadrunner meat?
Explain your answer.
7. Do you think it is a good idea to feed wild animals? Give a reason.
8. Explain how a roadrunner fits into its environment.
F. M ain Idea
Many paragraphs have a sentence that gives the main idea. It can be in
different places in a paragraph.
1. Which sentence is the main idea o f paragraph 4 (lines 17-22)?

2. Paragraph 10 (lines 51 - 62)?
3. Paragraph 11 (lines 63 - 67)?
4. Paragraph 12 (lines 68-74)?
looking for (v) ['lukir|fo:] : tim k ie m

keep warm (v) [k i:p w o :m ] : giifa'm
typical (adj) [’tipikl] : die)i liinli
unusual (adj) [Anju:3ul] : khong binli thuang
107
C AUSE A N D EFFECT
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Form s
N ouns are often used to describe other nouns. T he m eaning is different than
when the adjective form o f the same word is used.
Cuba had a literacy program in the 1960 s.
A literate person can read and write.
In which sentence in this exercise does a noun describe another noun?
Verb N oun A d jective A d verb

1. environm ent environm ental environmentally
2. complicate com plication (un) com plicated
3. pollute pollution (un) polluted
4. Waste w aste wasteful wastefully
5. explode e xplosion explosive explosively
explosive
6. d e p e n d (o n ) (in) dependence (in) dependent (in) dependently
7. (non) violence (non) violent (non) violently
8. vary variety various
variation
9. specialize specialty special especially
specialist
10. know know ledge (un) known (un) knowingly
know ledgeable knowledgeably
I .W ater pollution is an problem
2a. A disease can cause which m ake the person even sicker.
2b. This is a problem, and I c a n ’t find the solution.
3. Are there any rivers left in the world?
4. Some products from factories can be reused.
5. A bomb on a G reenpeace ship. The bom b was made o f
6. Gandhi led India’s movement.
7. There has been a lot o f in Northern Ireland for several years.
in d ependence(n) [,indi'pcndons] : sifdoclap
solution (n) [se'lu:/n] : giai phap
reused (v) [,ri:'ju:z] : tut d ie
several (adv) [’scvrol] : vdi
108
A M ISHM ASH (A HODGEPODGE)
8a. T he amount o f rainfall in the Australian desert_________________ . Some

years there is only a little and other years a lot.
8b. A supermarket sells a large_______________ o f products.
8c. The true/false/no information exercises are a ___________ on the
true/false exercises.
9a. M ost d o c to r s ______________after they learn general medicine.
9b. Some words a r e _____________difficult to remember.
IOa.Barbara is v e r y ______________about birds. She knows a lot about them.
I Ob.The effect that cutting down rain forests will have on the world's climate
i s ______________.
10c. John would n e v e r______________ hurt his friend's feelings.
B. P re p o sitio n s
1. People a l l __________ the world la u g h __________ roadrunner cartoons.
2. The roadrunner lives___________ the desert r e g io n __________the United
States and Mexico.
3. It spends more t i m e __________ the p l a n t s __________ the desert than it
d o e s ___________ roads.
4. O n c e ___________ a while it eats plants.
5. In the spring a male roadrunner starts looking_________________ a mate.
6. Roadrunners can also become frie n d ly _______________ people
7. T he birds come o n e __________ a time and make a n o i s e _____________
the w i n d o w .
8. T he bird knocks_________ the w i n d o w ____________ its beak
9. T hese birds go r ig h t ______________ the house.
10. They seem really in te r e s te d __________ what is h a p p e n in g ___________
the program.
11 . winter, nighttime temperatures____________ the desert can
be 20°C colder than__________ the day.
12. the early morning, the roadrunner s ta n d s _____________ its
back the sun.
rainfall (n) ['reinfo:l] : lu g n g m u a

effect (n) [i'fekt] : srfanh liuting
noise (n) [noiz] : tieng on
109
C AUSE A N D EFFECT
C. Sum m arizin g
W hich sentence is the sum m ary?

a. It eats a large variety o f food.
b. It eats both plants and meat.
c. It eats a large variety o f food, both plants and meat.
2. Paragraphs 6 through 9 (lines 29 - 50)
a. R oadrunners follow people, ask for food, and watch television.
b. Roadrunners can become friendly with people
c. Roadrunners som etim es bring gifts to people
a. Tem peratures are much colder at night than during the day.
b. A roadrunner has an unusual way to keep warm in winter.
c. A roadrunner collects heat from the sun through a black spot on its back.
D. C on necting W ords
C onnect a sentence from the first colum n with one from the second column
using even though.
1. A roadrunner fits into its environment, a. They have 100,000 kinds o f plants.
2. Greenpeace tries to stop nuclear testing, b. It is sometimes dangerous.
3. Rain forests cannot support agriculture. c. They work outside the home.
4. Population is increasing rapidly. d. Half the world’s women have birth
- control methods available.
5. Women do most o f the domestic work. e. It looks funny when it runs.
E. C o n t e x t C lu e s
1. The television program I watched last night was boring. It was so slow that I
turned it off.
a. uninteresting b. interesting c. exciting
back (n) [b<ek] : lung (ngi(di)

boring (adj) ['bo :rir|] : buon te
110
2. When the beautiful young woman saw Dracula coming toward her, she was
terrified.
a. very happy b. very frightened c. very unhappy
3. Some people are afraid o f insects, but most o f them can't h a rm you
a. hurt b. run away from c. fly onto

4. After the passengers boarded the plane, they put their bags under the seats
and fastened their seatbelts.
a. left b. saw c. got on
5. If you want to buy some stamps, you'd better rush. The post office closes in
5 minutes.
a. walk b. hurry c. get some money
terrified (adj) ['tcrifaid] lioang so

harm (v) [h a:m ] lam thuang ton
board (v) [bo:d] leu (m ay bay)
rush (v) [rA /] chqy nhaiili
111
AFRAID TO FLY 2
Have you e v e r flow n? Did you fly to another
country to study English? How do you feel about
flying?
People w h o have to fly all the time for business
usually find it b o r in g . People w ho fly only once in a boing * interesting
while are excited. H ow ever, some people feel only terror = strong fear/board
terror w hen th ey board an airplane. They suffer = get on
from a phobia, an illogical fear.
If you are a fraid o f poisonous spiders, it is
logical. If you are afraid o f all spiders, even
harmless ones, this is a phobia because it is illogical.
Some people have phobias about heights, being shut
up in a small area, or being in a large open area. It is not dangerous
not logical to be afraid o f these things when there is
no danger, but a p h o b ia is not logical.
Fear o f flying is another phobia. We always hear
about a plane crash, but we don't hear about the
millions o f flights every year that are safe. Riding in
a car is thirty tim es m ore dangerous than flying, but
most o f us are not afraid every tim e we get into a car.
It is not logical to be afraid o f flying, but research
shows that a b out 12 percent o f people have this fear.
People with a phobia about flying are afraid for
one or m ore reasons. They are afraid o f heights. They
avoid high places, and if they are in a high-rise
building, they don't look out the 30 windows.
terror (adj) [’tero] : kinh lioang

suffer from (v) ['sA fe from] : chin dung
phobia (n) ['floubie] : s o lidi
fear (n) [fie] : s u s o liai
harmless (n) ['ha:m lis] : s u vd hai
A M ISHMASH (A HODGEPODGE)
They might be afraid o f being in an enclosed place like

an elevator or a tunnel on a highway. When they get on an
airplane, they can’t get out until the end o f the flight, and the
flight might last several hours.
Maybe they are afraid o f the crowds and all the noise
and people rushing around at an airport. This especially hurrying
bothers older people.
Some people are afraid o f the unknown. They don't
understand the technology o f flying and can't believe that a
huge airplane can stay up in the air.
Others are afraid o f loss o f control. They need to
control every situation they are in. When they drive a car,
they have some chance o f avoiding an accident. In a plane,
they have no control over anything. It terrifies them to
give up control to the pilot and the rest of the crew.
For some people, a fear o f flying is not important
because they don't really need to fly. But what about
someone who works for an international company? What
about an entertainer who has to sing in twenty different
places in a month? These people have to fly if they want to
continue in their profession.
There is help for these people. There are special
classes in which people learn how to control their fear.
They probably can't lose it, but they can learn to control it.
Then they can fly when they need to, even though they
probably won't enjoy it.
The class visits an airport and leams how airplane
traffic is controlled and how planes are kep in safe
condition. A pilot talks about flying through storms, the
different noises an airplane makes, and air safety in general.
enclosed (adj) [in'klouz] : bi kliep kin, bi nlio't lai

tunnel (n) ['tAnl] : dudng ham
loss o f control (v) [los ov ken'troul] : m at ti( cliu
situation (n) [.sit/u'ei/n] : tilth trang
crew (n) [kru:] : phi hanh doau
113
The class learns to do relaxation exercises, and the

people talk about their fear.
Next, the class listens to tape recordings o f a ta k e o ff
and landing, and later the people ride in a plane on the
ground around the airport. Finally they are ready to take a
short flight.
The instructors o f these classes say that betw een 80
and 90 percent o f the people w ho take them are successful.
T hey still have their phobia, but they learn to control their
fear.
A. V ocabulary
terror height fear rush
situation crew tak e o ff tunnel
harm board phobia enclosed
1. The people who work on airplanes and ships are called t h e ___________ .
2. Tom found h im se lf in a d iff ic u lt________ and he didn't know what to do.
3. A_____________is an illogical fear o f something.
4. is a very strong word for fe a r .
5. is the feeling you have when you are afraid.
6. When you are in a hurry, you__________________.
7. Some dogs bite, but most o f them w o n 't _______________ anyone.
8. Passengers check in at the airport. Then they______________ the plane.
9. A f t e r _________ , the airplane crew usually brings around drinks and food.
10. Some people becom e terrified when they are in a n ___________ space.
11. What is t h e ______________ o f the tallest building in your city?
re la x a tio n (n) [,ri:l< e k 'sci/n ] : s u nghi ngcn

ta k e o ff(n ) ['t c ik 'D : f] : s u cat cdnli
in s tru c tio n (n ) [in 's t r A k / n ] : s u clii dan
s u c c e ss fu l (adj) [s e k 's e s fl] : tlianli cong
114
B. Vocabulary
boring suffer tunnels losses
terrified profession bother board
last instructor crash avoid
1. M any people in A f r ic a ______________from hunger.

2. Anne w a s ______________when she saw the car coming straight at her.
3. What is y o u r ______________? Are you a doctor?
4. Ali's company suffered so many__________ that he went out o f business.
5. A n _______________ is a teacher.
6. A p l a n e __________________ usually kills a lot o f people.
7. David's composition had very few mistakes, but it was_________ to read.
8. When you have a cold, try t o ______________giving it to your friends.
9. There are several ______________ under the rivers. They connect
Manhattan Island to the other parts o f N ew York.
10. Please d o n 't _______________ me now. I'm busy.
11. How long does this c l a s s _______________ ? An hour or less?
C. Vocabulary Review
Cross out the word that does not belong with the other two.
1. Stick out, diet, cut down

2. once, couple, pair
3. feather, knock, wing
4. plateau, cloud, mountain
5. even, even though, although
6. often, sometimes, once in awhile
7. pollution, surroundings, environment
8. three - quarters, two - thirds, 40 percent
9. ant, butterfly, bee
10. re la tiv e s , fe m a le s, ancestors.
suffer (v) ['sAfe] : chin dung

mistake (n) [nns'teik] : Idi
115
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
D. M ultiple Choice
1 . usually think flying is boring.
a. People who fly once in a w hile
b. People who fly often
c. People who have a phobia about flying
2. A phobia i s _____________
a. harmful b. illogical c. chemical
3. A b o u t ______________percent o f people are afraid to fly.
a. 6 b. 12 c.15
4. A person with a fear o f enclosed places doesn't like______________
a. walking on a path b. high places c. being in a tunnel
5 . especially bother old people.
a. C row ds at airports b. High-rise buildings c. Spiders
6. A fear o f flying is not important to some people because____________
a. they are entertainers
b. they don't need to fly
c. they can take a class about flying
7. T h e instructor o f a class for people w ho are afraid o f f ly in g ________ .
a. explains about airplane crashes
b. learns to relax
c. takes them to an airport
8. M ore t h a n _______________ percent o f people w ho take these classes arc
successful.
a. 12 b. 80 c 90
harm ful (adj) [’hcrm ful] : co liai

entertainer (n [,ente»'tcine ] ngiidi giai tri
relax (v) [ri’laeks] . uglii ngcn
airplane (n) [’eeplein] . m ay bay
116
E. Com prehension Questions
1. Have you ever flown? If you have, when was the last time you flew?
2. What are some phobias? do you have any phobias?
3. Why are we not afraid when we get into a car?
4. Give four reasons people are afraid o f flying.
5. Give four examples o f people who need to fly.
6. What do people learn in a class for people who are afraid o f flying? Tell
three things.
7. The class learns how airplane traffic is controlled. How does this help
people who are afraid o f flying?
8. Why does the class learn about the different noises a plane makes?
9. How do relaxation exercises help the people in the class?
F. Main Idea
1. Which sentence is the main idea o f paragraph 8 (lines 39 - 42)?

2. Paragraph 11 (lines 5 6 - 6 1 ) ?
3. Write a sentence for the main idea o f the last paragraph
traffic (n) [tr « fik ] g ia o thong
117
WORD STUDY
A . W ord Form s: A d verbs
A d v e rb s describe verbs. They also describe adjectives or other adverbs.
M a n y adverbs end in-ly, for exam ple badly and nicely. But there are a few
a <djectives that also end in -ly, for exam ple, friendly and lovely. There are
a ls o some com m on adverbs that do not end in -ly, such as fast and hard.
Please return to the office im m ediately.

Y our solution to this math problem is com pletely wrong.
Ali worked especially hard today
Ann is a friendly person.
M ike w orks hard at his job.
S>ometimes an adverb or an adverbial phrase describes the whole sentence.
M ost im portantly, you must hand in a report o f the meeting by

tom orrow morning.
O rdinarily, the class finishes at 2:00. To day it lasts until 2:30 because
we have a special lecture.
V erb Noun A djective A d verb
1. poison poison poison
poisonous
2. avoid avoidance (un) avoidable (un) avoidably
3. bore boredom bored ly
boringly
4. suffer suffering
5- fear fear fearful fearfully
fearless fearlessly
6. lose loss lost
7. terrify terror terrified
terrorist terrifying
1. M r . S m i t h _______________his ric h w if e so he c o u ld h a ve a ll her m o n e y .

2. It is ______________ fo r b e g in n in g students to m ake m ista k e s in E n c lis h .
118
3. Students in an English program do not suffer from_______________.

They are too busy studying. They don't g e t____________
4. There is a lot o f ____________ in poor countries.
5. Superman i s ________________ .
6. The Student Union has a _______________and Found office. If you are
lucky, you might go there and find something that you left in the cafeteria
by mistake.
7. Two___________ with a bomb hijacked an airplane and made the pilot fly
to Beirut. The passengers were____________ .
B. Sum m arizing
Write a sentence to summarize each o f these paragraphs. N um ber 2 will have
a long sentence. Write a sentence with only the most important idea for
numbers 1 and 3.
2. Paragraphs 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 (lines 26 - 48)
3. Paragraph 10 (lines 4 9 - 55)
C. Articles
Write an article in the blanks if one is necessary.
1. people who have to fly a l l __________________ time for

_______________ business usually find it boring.
2. However, some people feel only ________ terror when they board
___________ airplane.
3. They suffer fro m __________phobia,___________ illogical fear.
4. If you are afraid o f ___________poisonous spiders, this is logical.
5. Some people h a v e ___________phobias a b o u t _________ heights, being
shut up i n ___________small area, or being in__________ large open area.
6. We always hear a b o u t_____________ plane crash, but we don't hear about
_________ millions o f __________ flights every year that are safe.
poor (a d j) [p o :(r)] : n glieo

cafeteria (n) [.k a ^ fi'tio rie ] : quan an tu p h u c vu
h ija ck ed (n) [h a i'd «3 x k o ] : kh ong tqc
119
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
7. They a v o i d _________ high places, and if they are i n _________ high-rise

building, they d o n ’t look o u t _____________windows.
8. They might be afraid o f being in enclosed place
like elevator or tunnel on _____ highway.
9. When they get on airplane, they know they can't get out until
end o f flight, a n d ________flight might last several
hours.
10. M aybe they are afraid o f crowds and all noise and
people rushing around at airport.
D. C onnecting w ord s
Find a sentence in the second colum n that goes with a sentence in the first
column. C onnect the tw o sentences with and, but, or even though.
1. Businessmen are bored with flying. a. She was a Victorian woman

2. A roadrunner fits well into its b It looks funny.
environment.
3. Kingsley traveled in W est Africa c.Am undsen had gotten there first.
by herself.
4. The boat was caught in a bad d. People who don't fly very often
storm. find it exciting.
5. Scott reached the South Pole. e. It sank.
E. Context Clues
The president has to analyze the situation carefully before he can make a
decision, so he needs to get every piece o f information that he can.
a. think carefully about every detail o f a situation
b. get a general idea o f the main situation
c. find out why som ething happened
e le v a t o r ( n ) [ ’c liv c it o ] (hang m ay
a rtic le (n ) [’a :tik l] cot bao, bai bao
honest (a d j) [ ’j n i s t ] (rung (lure
c a lm (a d j) [k a :m ] binli (Tnli
120
2. Thom as Edison invented the electric light.

a. figured out
b. discovered
c. made the first one
3. A journalist interviewed a couple who feed a roadrunner. After she had
talked to the couple, she wrote an article about the interview for a
magazine.
a. asked questions on a subject
b. gave a lecture
c. went to visit
4. My neighbor's child says he did not take the money that was on my table.
I believe him because he is very honest.
a. usually tells the truth
b. doesn't usually steal
c. tells the truth and never steals
5. It is hard to stay calm when your basketball team needs only one point to
win, and there are just 30 seconds left in the game.
a. unexcited
b. complicated
c. explosive
invent (v) [in'vent] : phut minli

interview (v) [’intovju:] : phony van
121
HANDWRITING
ANALYSIS
3
Ellen Shephern is a handw riting analyst. The
author asked her questions about this interesting
subject in an interview. In this report o f the interview,
P.A. stands for the author's nam e and E.S. are Ms.
Shepherd's initials.
P.A: I've heard about handwriting analysis, but I
don't know much about it. Could you explain what it is?
E.S: It's a scientific system which analyzes so m e
one's handwriting. The analysis shows the person's
personality and character-w hat kind o f person this
individual is. The handw riting show s if the person is
honest or dishonest, gets angry easily or stays c a lm , calm êxcited or angry
has a good m emory or forgets easily. We can tell
w hen people's feelings have a strong effect on their
thinking, or if they usually think logically. We can tell
if the person has a lot o f friends and likes to spend
tim e with them, or if he likes to be alone most o f the
time. We can even tell when people are shy. They're
so afraid o f other people that they spend most o f their
tim e alone when they'd really like to be with others.
P.A: That's amazing! But you've given a list o f
opposites. Most people are som ew here in the middle,
or they act differently in different situations. For
exam ple, someone might get very angry about
som ething important but ju st a little angry about
som ething else. Can you tell about degrees o f anger or
laziness or other characteristics9
handw riting (n) ['h;cndraitir|] : cln? viel la y

analysis (n) [e'niclesis] : s i ( plu in rich
subject (n) ['sAbdîkt] : innn h oc
explain (v) [iks'plcin] : g ia i thich
122
A M IS H M A S H (A HODGEPODGE) jn
F..S: Yes, we can. We can score this person from one

to ten on how angry she gets. We can also tell if she
often feels angry inside even though she appears to be
calm. We can do the same tiling for other feelings and
characteristics. For example, we can tell to what degree
people work carefully, or if they're sometimes lazy and
careless.
P.A: How do you do this analysis?
E.S: First I have them write about two pages on
unlined paper. Then I look at how they make each stroke
o f the letters.
P.A: What's a stroke?
E.S: In general, a stroke is the part o f a letter that
leaves or returns to the base line. The cross on a t and the
dot on an / are also strokes.
P.A: Do you mean you can look at the way I cross
my I's and dot my i's and tell what kind o f person I am?
E.S: (Laughing) O f course not. I have to analyze the
whole two pages o f writing. I divide the parts o f the
letters into zones. Letters like f /;, and / go into the upper
zone. This zone shows people's imagination, ideas, and
how they think about the future.
All letters have parts in the middle zone. This zone
shows how people think and feel about the present and
reality, and their feelings about other people.
Letters like f, g and p go into the lower zone. This
zone shows how people feel about the past, if they're
quick to take action, and what their biological needs are.
angry (adj) [’;cr|gri] : can giciii

important (adj) [im 'p.rtont] : quail trong
characteristics (adj) [,k;crikto'ristikoli] : tinh e a c h , dac tinli
appear (v) [o'pio] : xudr hien
degree (v) [di'gri:] : dong y
123
For exam ple, food is very important to some people. _ ____

Others are not interested in food at all, as long as 7 T U pp*r
they have enough to eat. JV •Cddk wm
P.A: It's hard for me to believe that you can get - H nliiw y ba**ij»
all that inform ation about a person ju st from U_ _ }x>wcr
handwriting.
E.S: People talk about body language. The way
you hold and m ove y o u r body shows a lot about what
kind o f person you are. For example, if you hold
your head dow n a lot, y o u ’re probably shy. The way
you write is m uch m ore complicated than the way
you hold your body, so it gives a lot more
information. Research show s this.
P.A: Is h andw riting analysis something new?
E.S: An A m erican teacher, M.N. Bunker,
invented this system in 1913, but even the ancient
Chinese, G reeks, and Romans noticed that
personality show ed in handwriting. In the 1600s an
Italian started to develop a system, and 200 years
later the French w ere w orking on one. T oday in
Europe, anyone w ho is studying to be a teacher or a
psychologist has to study handwriting analysis.
P.A: W ho uses handw riting analysis?
E.S: Som e c o m p a n ies use it when they hire
people to work for them . T hey want to know if they'll
be good, honest w orkers. Police use it to try to
understand crim inals better. Sometimes an individual
wants an analysis to help decide what kind o f j o b is
best for him or her. T h e s e are ju st a few examples.
biological (adj) [ ,b a ie 'b d ? ik e l] (th u o c ) sinh vat hoc

information (n) [,in fe ’m ei/n] thong tin
system (n) ['sistem ] he thong
psychologist (n) [sa i'k o le d jist] nha trim /v hoc
124
A MI SH MA SH (A HODGEPODGE)
P.A: There's something else I'm wondering about.

When we go to school, we all learn to write the same
way.
E.S: I know what you're thinking, but everyone
writes differently. There is about one chance in 68
trillion that two people will write exactly the same.
P.A: And there aren't even that many people in

the world! So far we’ve talked about European
languages and our alphabet. What about analyzing
Arabic or Japanese?
E.S: I don't think anyone has developed a system for
any other alphabets, but since everybody writes
differently, handwriting analysis should work for any
alphabet.
P.A: This has been very interesting, and I've learned
a lot. Thanks for explaining it all to me.
E.S: Thank you for interviewing me. If anything is
unclear, just call me.
A. Vocabulary
honest score exactly system

shy analyze interviews initials
character stroke biological psychologist
What do you need on the TO EFL test in order to enter
harvard University?
2. No two individuals are ______________ alike, not even twins.
wonder (v) ['wAnde) : ban klioan

trillion (n) ['trilion] : m ot trieu trieu, mot ngliin ty
initial (n) [i'ni/el] : c In? dan
exactly (adv) [ig'za;ktli] : cliinli xac
125
3. Com panies try to hire people They try to hire people

with a g o o d __________
4. England has o n e ___________ o f government The U SSR has another
_______ . He helps children who have
5. Dr. Barnes is a child _____________
problem s in their lives.
Susan is five years old and v e r y ___ She hides behind her
m other when people talk to her.
7. Television news program s often have_ w ith famous people
8 . It is nice to have a lot o f m oney, but it isn't a need.
9. Dr. G om ez will use her com puter t o ________ her research.
stand for personality strokes calm
honest invented initials zones
as long as hire imagination system
The o f the author o f this book are P. A.

2. Mike has a very nice . He is friendly to every one.
j . Some people will travel anywhere _____________ they don't have to fly.
4. Japanese write with a lot o f short
5. Ms. Davis tried to s t a y __________ even though she w as very worried
about her daughter.
6 . Cities in many countries have ______ for the postal system. Each
one has a number.
7. What does U.S. ? The United States.
8 . The Bakers are going to someone to do their dom estic work.
9. The person w h o _______ the typewriter had a u o n d e rfu l idea.
10. A handwriting analyst can tell if a person has a good
h ire ( v ) [ ’h a ia ] : giait giem . d ie clan

stand fo r ( v ) [s t;c n d ] : thay the
p e rs o n a lity (n ) [,p e :s o 'n x '!o ti] : rieng Hf
im a g in a tio n (n ) [i,m a :d 3 i'n c i/ n ] : sir luring nrnuy
126
A M I S H M A S H (A H O D G E P O D G E )
branches level root earthworms
stretch glue moisture nutrients
flies direct whale seal
spot snakes whistle gift
1. I have t o ______________these papers together.

2. It bothers me w h e n ______________come around the food at a picnic.
3. S o m e ______________are p o iso n o u s .______________ are not, even though
they have a similar shape.
4. Maria is at the h i g h e s t______________in the English program.
5. When we eat a carrot, we are eating t h e _____________ o f the plant.
6. Eskimos e a t ______________a n d ______________ meat.
7. Some food provides m o r e ______________than other food.
8. Leaves grow on t h e ______________ o f trees.
9. Some people c a n _________ __ songs very well.
10. Desert animals don't drink much water. They get it from the
_____________in plants they eat.
I). T ru e /F a lse
_____________ I . The analysis o f handwriting shows a person's character.
_____________ 2. An analyst can tell if a person is afraid to try new things.
_____________ 3. An analyst can score a person on how logically he thinks.
_____________ 4. The analyst looks at about two lines o f writing.
_____________ 5. The letter y goes into the upper zone.
_____________ 6. The upper zone shows if a person can draw or write well.
_____________ 7. The lower zone shows how peop e feel about the present.
_____________ 8. A teacher invented a system to an.ilyze handwriting.
_____________ 9. Handw riting analysis can help you choose a profession.
_____________ 10. It is probably possible to analyze Chinese handwriting.
similar (adj) ['similo] liftfny Iif

Eskimos (n) [’cski'm ouon] nytfc'ri Ekimo
draw (v) [d r.v ] vc
127
1. Tell three things that a handwriting analyst can find out from a person's
handwriting.
2. W hat does sh y m ean?
3. How does the analyst analyze the w riting?
4. W hat zones is the letter b in?
5. W hat does the middle zone show?
6. W hat is body language?
7. How could handwriting analysis help you choose a profession?
8. W hat area o f the world takes handw riting analysis the most seriously?
9. Do you think an analyst can tell a people’s character from their
handwriting? Give your reasons.
10. Do you think handwriting analysis is a science? Give your reasons.
F. M ain Idea
1. Write a sentence for the main idea for paragraph I I (lines 50-55).
2. Write a sentence for the main idea for paragraph 15 (lines 70-76).
3. Write a sentence for the main idea for paragraph 21 (lines 98-101).
128
A MI SH MA SH (A HO DG EPO D GE )
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms: Active and passive
In an active sentence, the subject perforins (does) the action.
The interviewer asked several questions.
In a passive sentence, the subject receives the action. The passive is formed
with a form o f be and a past participle. Sometimes the person (the agent)
who performed the action is included in the sentence after the word by. They
agent is not included if it is unknown or unimportant. Sometimes everyone
knows who the agent is, so it is not necessary to name it.
Several questions were asked by the interviewer.

My car was stolen last night. (I don't know who stole it.)
Society is studied so that it can be better understood. (The people who
study society are not important in this sentence.)
Cars are made in factories. (Everyone knows they are made by
people.)

1. instruct instruction instructive
instructor
2. (dis)honesty (dis)honest (dis)h 9 nestly
3.systematize system (un)systematic (un)systematically
4. imagine imagination (un)imaginative (un)imaginatively
5. invent invention inventive
inventor
6. interview interview
interviewer
7. characterize character (un)characteristic
characteristic
8. psychology psychological
psychologist
9. beg beggar
10.depend (on) dependability (iin)dcpcndablc
129
Write the correct word form in the blanks, including a c ti\e /p a ssiv e forms.
1a. The lecture on safe driving was v e r y _______ ______
1b. The s tu d e n t s ______________ to arrive on time the first day o f classes.
2. is an important characteristic for som eone w orking in a bank
3. Pat organizes her work ______________ . She can do more work in less
time w hen s h e ______________ it.
4. The mystery program I watched last night w as very _________________.
1 didn't know how it was going to end until the last minute.
5a. A com puter program m er has to be ______________ in order to write a
good co m p u te r program.
5b. The telephone __ ___________ by A lexander G raham Bell.
6. The M inister o f Health didn't like some o f the questions that the
______________ asked him. H e _______________by a foreign journalist.
7. M arge started a fight with her sister last night. This was very
o f her bccause she is usually nicc to her.
8. Barbara is going to study ______________ . Then she will work with
people who h a v e ________________ problems.
9. D a n ______________ his friend to lend his car.
10. Mr. T hom pson is a _______ ______ person. If he says he will do
something, you know that he will. You c a n ______________ him.
B. T w o - W o r d V e rb s
pick som eone up - go som ew here with your car and get someone
stand for - U.S. stands for the United States, for example
see o f f - go with someone to the airport, for example, when
he or she is going to leave
clean up - clean the house after a party, for exam ple, or after
some children had a lot o f toys out
help out - help
foreign (n) ['fnrin] : inftic ugoai

see off sb (v) [si:] Hen ai
clean up (v) [kli:n] don dcp
130
A MISHMA SH (A HODGEPODGE)
1. U N _____________ the United Nations.

2. Tom had a big party. Afterward, he had to _____________ the house.
Three o f his friends stayed t o _______________.
3. Ali studied at New York University for 5 years. When he left, 20 people
went to the airport t o _____________ h i m ______________
4. Let's go to the party together. I 'll___________ y o u _____________ at 9:00.
C. Prepositions
Put the right prepositions in the blanks.
1. The author asked her questions _____________ this interesting subject

_____________ an interview.
2. I don't know m u c h ______________it.
3. We can tell when people's feelings have a strong e f f e c t ______________
their thinking.
4. We can tell if the person has a l o t _____________ friends and likes to
spend t im e ______________them.
5. You've given a l i s t ______________opposites.
6. Most people are somewhere _____________ the middle, or they act
differently_______________ different situations.
7. We can score this person ______________ one ______________ ten
_____________ how angry she gets.
8. We can do the same thing ______________ other feelings and
characteristics.
9. Then I l o o k ______________ how they make each s t r o k e ______________
the letters.
10. general, a stroke is the p a r t ______________a letter that
leaves or returns the base line.
spent st on st [spent] : lieu,bo cdi gi vao viec gi

feeling (n) ['fi:lir|] : cam gidc
base (adj) [bcis] : co sd
131
D. Noun Substitutes
W hat does each noun substitute stand for?
1. page 122, line 2 her
2. line 8 it
3. line 15 we
4. line 16 their
5. line 19 he
6. page 123, line 33 she
7. page 124, line 64 others
8. line 76 this
9. line 83 one
10. page 125, line 93 him or her
E. C ontext Clues
1. N ew York City is fam ous for its skyscrapers. It has more than any other
city in the world.
a. art m useum s b. w ide streets c. tall buildings
2. Carol is only eight years old, but she loves to draw buildings. She wants to
be an architect when she grow s up.
a. artist
b. person who plans new buildings
c. engineer
3. Mr. M iners is a pleasant teacher. He is friendly and helpful to all his
students and to the other teachers.
a. nice b. busy c. new
4. Research show s that seatbelts help prevent serious injuries in accidents
a. stop som ething before it happens
b. have few er accidents
c. hold the person in the seat
5. In the m odern world, people co m m u n ic a te by telephone, radio, television,
and computer.
a. talk to each other
b. give and receive information
c. get the world's news
skyscraper (n) [’skai,skreipe] : nlia choc trcri

architect (n) [’a :k ite k t] : kien true su
prevent (v) [pri'Vent] : tianli, phong ngua
com m unicate (v) [ke'm ju.nikeit] : lien lac, thong tin
pleasant (adj) ['pleznt] : vui \e . tint vi
132
SKYSCRAPERS
When people think o f skyscrapers, they think o f new
4
york, the city with the most high-rise buildings in the
world. There is no odier city like New York, and this is
because o f its great buildings that reach up into the sky.
It comes as a surprise then, to learn that Chicago,
not N ew York, is the home o f the skyscraper. The first
high-rise building was built in Chicago in 1884, and it
was nine stories high. This is not tall compared with
today' buildings, but it was the first building over six
stories. There were no tall buildings before that
because the needed technology didn't exist.
For centuries, the tallest buildings were made o f floors
stone. The lower walls had to be thick enough to
support the upper ones. If the building was very high,
the lower walls had to be very thick.
vmscats1
Early in the nineteenth century, engineers
developed iron fram es for bridges. In the 1880s,
architects started using iron and steel frames to
support the walls o f buildings. The buildings did not iron frames
need thick walls to hold up the upper stories, so the

buildings could be m uch taller. people wno
There were other advantages to these steel frames. design buildings
The building walls were thinner and could have more

windows, which made the rooms much more pleasant. nice
With thin lower walls, there was room for stores and
offices on the ground floor. It was also faster to build
with an iron and steel frame than with stone.
reach up into (v) [ri:t/ Ap ’intu] viCcfn thang, vuan cao

surprise (n) [se'praiz] s u ngac nliieu
story (n): ['sto :ris] tang
architect (n) [,a:kitek] kien trite su
advantage (n) [ed'va:ntid3] sifth u a n lien, lai the
pleasant (adj) [’plcznt] dep
However, there was still one problem. How would people

get up to the top stories in a 10 story building? We all know
w hat the solution was-the elevator. Elisha Otis invented the
elevator and first showed it to the public in 1853. By the
1880s, there w ere elevators run by electricity which were fast
and light enough to use in skyscrapers. T hey were developed
ju st at the right time.
There were other problem s that architects and engineers
w ho built high-rise buildings had to solve. T hey had to figure
out a way to get w ater to all the floors. They had to prevent
the buildings from m oving in the wind. In a d d it io n , they and
wanted to make them as beautiful as possible.
At the time that architects first started designing and
building high-rise buildings, thousands o f imm igrants were
entering the United States from Europe. They all needed a
place to live. Cities were growing fast, and tall buildings
meant many more people could live in a small area, so people
started building skyscrapers in cities across the United states.
O ver the years, the problems connected with high-rise
buildings were solved. Buildings got taller and taller. In 1909,
a 50-story building was built in N ew York, and in 1913, one
with 60 floors. In 1931, the Empire State Building in New
York was finished; it was 102 stories high. This was the
tallest building in the world until 1970, w hen the W orld Trade
C enter was built, again in N ew York. It has 110 floors. Then
the Sears Building w as built in C hicago in 1974. It also has
110 stories, but it is taller than the W orld T rade Center.
Other countries w ere building skyscrapers too. In Europe,
the center o f m any cities was destroyed by bom bs during
elevator (n): ['eliveite] thang m ay

develop (v) [di'velopj plidt trie’ll
solve (v) [solv] giai quyet
In addition (adv) [e'di/n] va, them vao do
im m igrants (n) f'im igrent] ngU&i nlidp cif
connect (v) [ke'nckt] lien quan t&i
destroy (v) [di'stro] phd huy
rebuild (v) [’ri:'bilt] tdi thiet
134
A M I S H M A S H (A HODGEPODGE)
World War II. The city planners rebuilt many of

the buildings exactly as they had been. In
addition, they included high-rises in their plans.
Most European cities today are a mixture o f old
and modern buildings.
Tokyo did not have tall buildings for a long movements of the earth
time because o f e a r t h q u a k e s . Then engineers
figured out how to keep a high-rise standing
during an earthquake. Today there are many tall
buildings in Tokyo. In fact, there are tall
buildings in cities throughout the world. As the
population o f cities increases, the number o f
high-rises increases because they take less
surface space.
And what about the future? Architects say
there is no limit to the height a building can be.
An engineer in N ew York is designing a 150-
floor building. An architect in Chicago has
drawings o f a 210-story building.
We have the technology for these buildings,
but do we need them or want them? With the
invention o f computers, a company doesn't need
to have all its offices in one huge building, exchange information
People can c o m m u n ic a t e by computer from
offices spread out all over the city, or even from
their homes. And do we want 200-story
buildings? Do people want to work and live that
far above the ground? The architects and
engineers w ho are planning these new
skyscrapers have to think about these questions,
or they may build buildings that no one will use.
mixture (n) [’m ik s t/e ] : sif plia lio n , lion licrp

earthquake (n) [’e.Okweik] : dong dat
surface (n) ['se:fis] : be mat
spread out (v) [sprcd] : m d long, lien ket vcti
135
skyscraper advantages frame prevent
imm igrants designs com m unicate exist
com pare pleasant in addition connects
1. W hen we ______________ C anadian English to English in the United

States, we see that there are not m any differences.
2. There are m any __________ to learning English because it is an
international language.
3. A high-rise building is also called a __________
4. A d r iv e w a y __________ the garage with the street.
5. T housands o f ________ arrive in Australia from Asia and Europe every year.
6. It is possible t o __________ many forest fires that people start.
7. In some skyscrapers, the walls are m ade o f a s t e e l __________ and glass.
8. An a r c h i te c t __________ buildings.
9. G reenpeace protests nuclear t e s t in g __________ , it tries to protect the seas.
B. V o c a b u l a r y
pleasant mixture com pare spread
exist architect story earthquake
advantage com m unicate prevent public
1. Hot chocolate is a __________ o f chocolate, sugar, and milk.

2. W e've h a d __________ w eather lately. It has been w arm and sunny.
3. In the future, we w i l l ________ with com puters even more than we do now.
4. A n __________ in T urkey destroyed several villages.
5. D inosaurs do n o t __________ anymore.
6. A f a m o u s __________ designed the whole city o f Brasilia
7. The children __________ their toys all over the floor and then went to
w atch television.
difference (n) ['difrons] : stf khac nliau

glass (n) [g la :s] : ki'nh, tarn kinli, m ieng kiuh
weather (n) [’w ede] : then tier
village (n) ['vilid3] : long m ac
136
8. Another word for the floor o f a building i s ____________

9. The lecture on modern architecture tonight is open to the
Anyone can go.
Match the words with the definitions.
I . colony_______________________ a. better
2 . interior b. h alf o f the earth
3. border c. get away from
4. delay__ d. place that belongs to another
country
5. blind _ e. to the shore
6. superior f. line between two countries
7. escape g. can't see
8 . hemisphere h. remote
9. ashore ___ i. inside
10. blizzard j. sled
k. bad winter storm
I. wait
D. Multiple Choice
1. The first skyscraper was built in________
a. Chicago b. New York c. Tokyo
2. Skyscrapers did not exist before 1884 because_____________ .
a. steel did not exist
b. people didn't have the necessary technology
c. there were not enough immigrants to live in them
3. Architects got the idea o f using iron and steel frames for buildings from
a. engineers b. other architects c. designers
floor (n) [fb :] : san nha, tang

modern (adj) [’m oden] : hien dai
architecture (n) [’a :k ite k t/e ] : kien true
iron (n) [’aion] : sat
137
i
4 A building with a steel frame does not need

a. technology
b. thick walls
c stores and offices on the first floor
5. The first building with 60 floors was built only years after a
50-story building.
a. 1913 b. 4 c. 18
6. As population increases. increases.
a. immigration
b. the num ber o f skyscrapers
c. the num ber o f old buildings
7. A Chicago architect has designed a building with stories.
a. 115 b. 150 c. 210
E. C om prehension Q uestion s
1. W hy is it a surprise to find out that the first skyscraper was in Chicago?
2. W hy don't buildings with steel frames need thick lower walls?
3. N am e an advantage o f buildings with thin lower walls.
4. Why does the text say that elevators were invented ju s t at the right time?
5. What effect did the arrival o f thousands o f immigrants to the U.S. have
on skyscrapers?
6. What is the tallest building in the world today?
7. What is the advantage o f high-rise buildings over lower buildings?
8. Why can Japan have skyscrapers today when it couldn't before?
9. Do you think people w ould use 200-story buildings9 What is your
reason?
F. Main Idea
1. W h ic h sen ten ce g iv e s the m a in id ea in p arag rap h 2 (lin e s 6 - ! 3)?
2. Pa ra g ra p h 12 (lin e s 85-89)?
3. W r it e a sentence that g iv e s the m a in id ea in p arag rap h 6 (lin e s 33-41).
4. W r it e a sentence that g iv e s the m a in idea of the last p arag rap h
wall (n) [wd:1] : btfc ttfcrng

building (n) ['bildir|] : tod nlid
138
A MI SH MA SH (A HODGEPODGE)
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms
These are some common verb prefixes and suffixes.
en - encircle, enclose
-en - darken, shorten
-ize - memorize, colonize
Verb Moun Adjective Adverb
1. compare comparison comparative comparatively
2. please pleasure (un)pleasant (un)pleasantly
3. add addition additional additionally
4. (dis)connect connection (dis)connected (dis)connectedly
(un)connected
5. mix mixture
6. (disadvantage (dis)advantageous (disadvantageous
7. prevent prevention preventive
8. immigrate immigration
immigrant
9. popularize popularity popular popularly
10 . enclose enclosure
11 strengthen strength strong strongly
la. Spanish spelling is easy to learn.
lb. By , speaking English is more difficult.
2. It was a to meet you.
3. People who are afraid to fly don't like being closed iri. ,th
sometimes fear heights and don't understand the technology o f flying.
4a. What is the _____________ between the changes in the family and
woman's place in society?
4b. We had the p h o n e _________ because we are moving tomorrow.
4c. You can't put a list o f __ sentences in one paragraph.
5. Students from several countries a r e __________ together in one class,
6. It i s __________ to learn English. Are there any to learning it?
7. medicine is better than helping people after they are sick.
strengthen ( v ) ['strcr|0 n ] : lam rngiih leu

d iffic u lt (a d j) [ d if ik e lt ] : klio
paragraph (n ) [ 'p x r o g r a : f ] : (Joan
139
8. T h e _____________office is open from 9:00 to 5:00.

9a. _____________is very important to teenagers.
9b. Paper handkerchiefs or tissues a r e _____________called Kleenex. Most
people call them that.
10a. The farm er put his sheep in a n _____________for the night.
10b. The university admissions office included several ____________ with
the letter to the new student.
1 la. Exercise the muscles.
11 b. I agree with you
B. Sum m arizin g
Write a sentence to summarize these paragraphs.
1. 1 (lines 1-5)
2. 2 (lines 6-13)
3. 4 (lines 19-25)
4. 7 (lines 42-48)
5. 8 (lines 49-56)
6. 9 (lines 57-68)
7. 10 (lines 69-75)
C. T w o-W ord Verbs: Review
Put the right word in the blanks.
1. There was a long line waiting to c h e c k _____________ at the airport.
2. A large truck b ro k e _____________ on the highway.
3. Alice goes to the gym every w eekend to w o r k _____________.
4. Do you have enough m oney to l iv e _____________ ?
5. Could you help m e _____________ this weekend?
6. Fixing my car tu r n e d _____________ an all-day job.
7. Mr. Brown has been w orking too hard and has to s l o w _____________.
8. Jean had to d r o p _____________ o f school and get a job.
9. Children don't like to p u t ____________ their toys when they finish playing.
10. Bob was an hour late because he r a n _______________________ gas.
s ic k (adj) [sik] : 6m
teenager (n) ['ti:neid3e>] : thieu nien
handkerchief (n) [’h a ;r|ket/if] : khan lay
tissue (n) [’ti/u:] : giay lua
admission (n) [e>d'mi/n] : stf cong nlian
140
A MISHMASH (A HO DG EPO DG E)
D. Articles
1. When p e o p le ____________ think o f _____________ skyscrapers, they think
o f New Y o r k , __________ city w i t h ___________ most high-rise buildings
i n ____________ world.
2. It comes a s ____________ surprise to learn that Chicago, not N ew York, is
____________ home o f _____________ skyscraper.
3. For c enturies,____________ buildings were made o f _____________ stone.
4. How w o u l d ____________ people get up t o _____________ top stories in
____________ 10-story building?
5. Elisha Otis invented ____________ elevator and First showed it to
____________ public in 1853.
6 . Amazon River is i n ____________ tropics.
7. people in my class are mostly f r o m ____________ Middle East.
8 . Bering Sea is i n _____________ North Pacific Ocean.
9 . Lake Superior is b e tw e e n _______Canada a n d _____ United States.
10 . history o f _____________ England is complicated.
E. Context Clues
Many words have two meanings. What is the correct meaning in these
sentences?
1. You can have as long as you want to do this test. There is no time limit
a. if b. as much time as c. a long time
2. Mr. Rossi doesn't have enough wood to finish the table he is making.
He has to buy another b o a rd .
a. get on a plane b. uninteresting c. flat piece o f wood
3. Maria is 10 kilos overweight so she is going to diet.
a. eat less
b. the food someone eats
c. what a roadrunner eats
4. N uclear testing is dangerous.
a. a kind o f bomb b. a kind o f family c. a kind o f protest
5. Greenpeace objects to nuclear testing.
a. things b. lists c. is against
6. My brother and his wife are having family problems, but they hope they
can w o r k them out.
a. get exercise b. work hard c. solve
as long as : dai nhtf la

overweight (adj) [’ouvew eit] : ilu'fa can
piece (n) [ p i :s] : man
141
LEFT-HANDEDNESS 5
Are you a leftie? if you are, you are one o f
like better
millions in the w orld w ho p r e f e r to use their left hand.
There w ould be millions more left-handed people if
societies didn't force them to use their right hands.
To understand left-handedness, it is necessary to
look at the brain. The brain is d iv id e d into two
hemispheres. In most right-handers, the left
hem isphere is the center o f language and logical
thinking, w here they do their math problem s and
mem orize vocabulary. The right hemisphere controls
how they understand broad, general ideas, and how
they respond to the five senses-sight, hearing, smell,
taste, and touch.
The left hem isphere o f the brain controls the right
side o f the body, and the right hemisphere controls the
left side. Both sides o f the body receive the same
information from the brain because both hem ispheres
are connected. H ow ever, in right-handed people, the
left hem isphere is stronger. In left-handed people, it is
the right h e m isphere that is stronger.
Different handedness causes differences in
people. A lthough the left hem isphere controls
language in m ost right-handers, 40 percent o f left
handers have the language center in the right
hemisphere. T he o ther 60 percent use the left side o f
the brain or both sides for language.
prefer (v) [pri'fo:(r)j : lliicli lian

lefty (n) [’lcfti] : ngifcri lim an toy trai
force (v) [fo:s] : ep buoc
d iv id e ( v ) [ d i'v a id ] : plidn cltia
respond to st [ri'spond] : plidn ifng vcn
sense (n ) [s e n s ] : gidc qttan
A MIS HMASH (A HODGEPODGE)
S lF
Lefties not only prefer using the left hand. They
prefer using the left foot for kicking a ball, because the
whole body is "left-handed”.
There is an increasing amount o f research on
handedness. For example, one psychologist says that
left-handers are more likely to have a good
imagination. They also enjoy swimming underwater
more than right-handers.
Lcft-handedness can cause problems for people.
Some left-handed children see letters and words
backwards. They read d for b and was for saw. Another
problem is stuttering. Some left-handed children start to
stutter when they are forced to write with their right
hand. Queen Elizabeth I I's father. King George VI, had
to change from left-to right-handed writing when he
was a child, and he stuttered all his life.
Anthropologists think that the earliest people
were about 50 percent right-handed and 50 percent
left-handed because ancient tools from before 8000
B.C. could be used with either hand. But by 3500 B.c;
the tools, which were better designed, were for use
with only one hand. More than h alf o f them were for
right-handed people.
The first writing system, invented by the
Phoenicians (3000-2000 B.c.) in the Middle East, went
from right to left. The Greeks began to write from left
to right around the fifth century B.c. because they
increasingly believed that "right" was good and "left"
was bad. As time passed, there were more and more
customs connecting "left" with "bad". This belief is
still common in many countries today, and left-handed
people suffer from it.
kick (v) [kik] : da

backward (adv) [’bickw od] : ve pliia sail
stutter (v) [’stAto] : not lap
tool (n) [ t u :1] : cong cu
common (adj) [ 'b m o n ] : plio bien
143
As the centuries passed and education spread to

more levels o f society, more and more people becam e
literate. As m ore children learned to write, more o f
them were forced to write with their right hands. In the
United States, som e teachers finally started permitting
schoolchildren to write with their left hands in the
1930s. In parts o f Europe, left-handed children were
still forced to write w ith their right hands in the 1950s.
Today in m any countries, all children must write with
their right hand even though they prefer using their
left hand.
Some fam ous people were left-handed. Julius
Caesar, N apoleon, M ichelangelo and da Vinci (fam ous
Italian artists), and A lbert Einstein were left-handed
Alexander the G reat (356-323 B.c.) and Queen
Victoria o f E ngland w ere also. So is Prince Charles.
Paul M cC a rtn e y o f the Beatles plays the guitar the
opposite w ay from o ther guitarists because he is left-
handed. M arilyn M onroe, the famous Am erican movie
star, was also left-handed.
Are you left-handed even though you write with
your right hand? T a k e this test to find out. Draw a
circle with one hand and then with the other. If you
draw them c lockw ise (the direction the hands o f a
clock go in) you are probably left-handed. If you draw
them c o unterclockw ise (in the other direction), you are
right-handed. T he test does not always work, and
some people m ay d raw one circle in one direction and
the other circle in the other direction. But don’t worry
if you are left-handed. You are in good company.
permit (v) [’pe:mit] clio phep

opposite (adv) ['opezit ] dot lap, kliong giong
clockwise (adv) [’k b k w a iz ] llieo clueu kun dong lid
counterclockw ise (adv) [’k a u n te 'k b k w a iz ] nguac clueu kun dong ho
144
A MIS HMASH (A HO DG EPO DG E)
A. Vocabulary
divide broader backward stutter
senses responding force prefer
kick tool
I. The main streets o f a city are than the side streets.

Broadway is a common street name.
If a left-handed person is forced to write with his right hand, he may
begin t o ____________ .
3. A car can go forward a n d ____________ .
4. Players c a n n o t_____ the ball in basketball.
5. Would y o u ________ coffee or tea?
6 . A blind person is lacking one o f the
7. Some students are shy a b o u t _______ in class.
B. Vocabulary
divided tools force broad
common counterclockwise clockwise permit
1. A mechanic cannot fix a car w ith o u t____________

2. Tw enty_____________ by four equals five (20 -h4 = 5).
3 . means the way the hands o f a clock go.______ .is the opposite.
4. parents should not _____________ their children to swim in the pool
without an adult there.
5. Spiders a r e _______ everywhere except at the North and South Poles.
6. Governments cannot ___________ people to limit the size o f their family.
sticks out male mates nests

once in awhile boring suffer crash
fear tunnel loss terrified
recycle (v) [,ri:'saikl] : phuc hoi

broad (adj) ['brD :d] : i ong hern
except(v) [ik'scpt] : ngoai tn'(
145
1
1. A man is a ____________ .
2. In spring, animals search f o r ____________
3. Spiders and birds b u i l d _____________.
4. A roadrunner’s head ____________ straight in front when it runs
5. T he Simplon ____________ goes under the Alps between Italy and
Switzerland.
6. Being afraid to fly is an i ll o g ic a l ____________ .
7. We heard a l o u d ____________ and knew that there had been an accident.
8. Som e people think baseball i s _____________ because it is so slow.
9. W ould you b e ____________ to meet Frankenstein?
10. M ost people only fly ____________ .
D. T rue/F alse/N o Information

_________ 1. Some Eskimos are left-handed.
_________ 2. Most right-handers do calculus with the left hemisphere of the brain.
_________ 3. When people look at a beautiful sunset, most o f them use the
right hemisphere o f the brain.
_________ 4. The right hem isphere controls the right side o f the body.
_________ 5. Most people in the world use the left hem isphere for language.
_________ 6. Left handedness can cause children to see letters backward.
_________ 7. It is easier to write from left to right.
_________ 8. Left-handed people are more intelligent than right-handers.
straight (adj) [strcit] : thang

c alculus (n) ['kit-'lkjules] : pliep tinli
brain (n) [brcin] : nao
146
A M I S H M A S H (A HO DG E PO D GE )
E. Comprehension Questions
1. What does the right hemisphere o f the brain control?

2. Which hemisphere is stronger in left-handed people?
3. Why do lefties prefer to kick with the left foot?
4. What problems do lefties have using machines?
5. When do some left-handers start to stutter?
6. Why do anthropologists think the earliest people were equally divided
between left-and right-handedness?
7. Why did the Greeks start writing from left to right?
8. What does "you are in good company" mean?
9. How can you tell if a two-year-old child is left-handed?
10. Are you left-handed?
F. Main Idea
1. What sentence is the main idea for paragraph 4 (lines 23-28)?

3. Write a sentence for the main idea in paragraph 9 (lines 53-62).
4. Write the main idea o f the last paragraph.
anthropologist (n) [tlcn0ro'polod3ist] : nlid nlidn cluing hoc
147
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Form s
V erb Noun Adjective Adverb
1. communicate communications^) (un)communicative
2. exist existence (nonexistent
3. prefer preference (un)preferential
4. divide division (indivisible
5. force force forceful forcefully
6. (un)common (un)commonly
7. respond response (un)responsive
8 permit permission (im)permissible (im)pcrmissibly
permit permissive
9. reality (un)real really
la. There have been m any wonderful developm ents in the field o f ________
in the last 20 years.
1b. I tried to get the information from the president’s secretary, but she was very.
2. Frank told everyone he worked for a large company, but the company is
3a. Professors should not give treatment to the students they like
3b. Short jackets, not long coats, a r e _______
_________ by skiers.
4. Ten is not e v e n ly _____________ by three.
5a. Ms. Bush has a very_______________ personality.
5b. John w a s ________ to leave the university because his grades were so bad.
6. It i s _____________ believed that sons are better than daughters.
7. The injured p e r s o n ___________to the doctor's treatment. She is well now.
8a. Some psychologists say that adults should not b e _______ with their children.
8b. You cannot build a house in this city without a b u ild in g ____________ .
8c. S m o k in g _____________ n o t ______________in this building
9. It s e e m e d _____________ to Abdullah that he had finally finished his
doctorate degree and was going home.
e x iste n c e (n ) [ig 'z is te n s ] : s t f to n t a i

re a lity (n ) [ ri :'aeliti ] : s i ( tlitfc
trea tm en t (n ) [ ’tri'tm o n t] : su do i su
g rade (n ) [g re id ] : d ie m
d o cto rate (n ) [ d o k to n t] : h o c vi H en s i
148
A M I S H M A S H (A HO DG EPO DGE )
B. Finding the Reason

Write the reason for each statement.
Statement Reason
1. Many left-handers have to use their right hand.
2. For some people, the center o f language is
in the right hemisphere.
3. Both sides o f the body receive the same
information.
4. Lefties prefer kicking with the left foot.
5. King George VI stuttered.
6. Anthropologists think more than 50 percent
o f people were right-handed by 3500 B.c.
7. Paul McCartney plays the guitar differently.
C. Connecting W ords
Put after, before, when, since, or until in the blanks.
1. I'll give you the b o o k ____________ I see you tomorrow.

2. People who are afraid o f flying can control their f e a r ____________ they
take a class.
3. Greenpeace has been in e x i s te n c e _____________1971.
4. Greenpeace was o rg a n iz e d _____________the U.S. started nuclear testing
in Alaska.
5. S o m e tim e s _____________ the roadrunner gets a piece o f meat, it takes it
back to its nest.
6. There were no s k y s c r a p e rs _____________ 1884.
7. Burke started across Australia, he organized an expedition.
8. Some left-handed European children were forced to write with their right
h a n d s _____________ the 1950s.
D. M issing W ords
Fill in the missing words.
1. If you are, you are one _____________ millions in ______________world

_____________ p r e f e r______________ use their left hand.
2. understand left-handedness, it is necessary _____________
look the brain.
149
3. The b r a i n _____________d i v id e d _____________ two hemispheres.

4. Both sides o f _____________ body receive the same information
__________ the brain because both h e m is p h e re s ______________connected.
5. There is____________ increasing amount _____________ research
_____________handedness.
6. But ____________ 3500 B.c, the tools, which _____________ better
designed, were for u s e _____________only one hand.
7. the centuries passed and education spread_________ more
levels_________ society, more a n d _________people b e c a m e _____________
8. But _______ _ worry _____________ you are left-handed. You are
_____________good company.
E. C o n te x t C lues
1. A com puter is a very c o m p le x machinc.
a. beautiful b. boring c. com plicated
2. Ali said he was from Palestine, but he was a c tu a lly bo m in Qatar,
a. preferably b. m aybe c. really
3. The m em bers o f G reenpeace discuss a protest to get each other's ideas,
a. talk about b. prepare c. publish
4. Pierre has studied English for 3 m onths so fa r. He plans to study for 6
more.
a. until now b. aw ay from hom e c. altogether
5. In rain forests, dead plants c r e a te nutrients for living plants,
a. take away b. make c. prevent
6. Most children think video gam es are fasc in atin g . They spend hours
playing them.
a. very boring b. very interesting c. unpleasant
com plex (adj) ['kom plcks] : plurc tap

actually (adv) ['icktjuoli] : cliinli xdc
discuss (v) [dis'kAs] : lluio liian
so far (adv) [sou fa:] : den nay
fascinate (v) [’fx sin c it] : t/iu hut, to i cuon
150
SCIENCE
Unit
Minds are like parachutes. They only function when they are
open.
- Sir Jam es Dewar
152
A BIOSPHERE
IN SPACE 1
Is it possible for people to live on another p lanet
such as Mars? The Environmental Research
Sun
Laboratory at the University o f Arizona is designing
Mercury
a biosphere ( bio means life, and sphere is a circle like Venus
a ball) which could be used to colonize other planets. Ztrrti
Mars
The author interviewed Walter Lindley, Program
Coordinator at the Laboratory, about this exciting
idea. Unmus
P.A: I've been reading science fiction stories Neptune
about space colonies for years, but o f course they Pluto
were possible only in the author's imagination. Now
you are a c tu a lly preparing for a space colony. Do really
you really consider it possible for people to live away
from the earth?
complicated
W.L: We believe it will be possible sometim e in
the future, and that's why we're working on it. But it's
a very com plex project. Our biosphere will be a
complete, enclosed environment where people can be
born, live their whole life, and die without returning
to earth. But there will have to be a perfect balance
between plants, animals (including humans), and
the chemical elements, that is, everything in the
environment. Right now we're talking about a place
for ten people to live for a year. It's not like one or
two men on the moon for a few weeks.
planet (n) [’plicnit] : lianli tilth

science fiction (n) ['saions'fik/n] : khoa hoc vien luting
consider (v) [kon'side] : clio rang
project (n) [’pred3ckt] : d u an
balance (n) ['bielens ] : sir can bang
element (n) [’elimont] : veil to
153
*3 0 0 0 0 0 0 C A U S E A N D EFFECT
P.A: Wliai will it look like?

W.L: We don't know yet. We call it a biosphere,
but it might not be round. It could be square or any
shape at all. There m ight be separate units for food
production. These w ould be connected to the main
unit. Architects and engineers are discussing all the lalkm g about
possibilities now. W e have to figure out what shape

it should be, what m aterials to use. and how small it
could be and still support human life.
P.A: You m entioned engineers and architects.
W ho else is w orking on it°
W.L: That's one o f the interesting things about
the project. There are biologists, biochemists, and
people from different areas o f agriculture. We have
specialists on alm ost everything in our environment.
P.A: It seems so unreal and impossible that it's hard
for me to understand it. Could you explain a little
more?
W.L: Well, a greenhouse for growing plants in
winter is the first step toward a biosphere. This is a
closed environm ent except for the sun's heat entering
through the glass or plastic. O f course, there is a
water system from outside, and people bring in
nutrients for the plants and take out the waste
material. The biosphere will have to have its own
system to provide w ater that can be used and reused.
It will need bacteria or som ething eise to take care o f
the wa st es . And it all must be balanced perfectly, or
the whole system will break down.
bi os p he re (n) ['baiesfieCr)] : suih quyen

engineer(n) [.endî'me] : Icy su
m e n t i o n (v) [ ' m e n / n] : cle cap
b i o c h e m i s t (n) [. bai ou' kemi st ] : suih hod
bac te ri a ( n) [bick'tiene] : i i kliitan
154
SCIENCE
Nothing will enter the biosphere except heat

from the sun and information from earth. O f course
the information going in and out won't be necessary
for the biosphere to exist, but it will be very
necessary for research.
The earth itself is the best example o f a
biosphere. Nothing important enters except sunlight,
and nothing leaves as waste except some heat.
Everything in the earth's environment has always
been balanced, except that now humans are
destroying the balance more and more.
P.A: Why do we want a colony on Mars? It's
very exciting, but is it necessary?
W.L: I'm sure you know that there will be a
petroleum shortage in the future. Dr. Gerard K.
O'Neill is a famous physicist from Princeton
University. He says that in 25 years we will have
satellites in space to produce s o la r energy and send it s o la r = a d je ctive
fo r sun
to earth. It would be too expensive to continually
send people and materials to the satellites, so the
biosphere will be necessary. He thinks 10,000 people
could live in a space colony sometime in the future.
So f a r all your questions are about a space until now
colony, but for me there’s a much more interesting
use o f the biosphere. We can use it to do all kinds o f
research about our own environment and how it
works. By studying the biosphere, w<e can understand
better what will happen as humans destroy topical
forests, as we c re a te more carbon dioxide (COi) by make
burning fuel, and as we pollute the oceans and the

air. The information we get from the biosphere may
keep us from destroy ing our own environment.
petroleum (n) [po’trouliem] : dan mo

satellite (n) [’sx*tolait] : ve tinli
solar (n) [’soule] : m at trffi
create (v) [kri:'cit] :tgora
155
0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C A U S E A N D EFFECT
P.A: I agree with you that learning how to protect our

own environm ent is the m ost important thing we can do,
both for ourselves and for our children. The world's
population is increasing very fast, and we are using up our
natural resources fast. W e need to do everything we can to
save our environm ent before it's too late. I'm glad y o u ’ve
started this fa s c in a tin g project, and I hope it's successful. vcry interesting
actual planet project science fiction
solar satellite complex carbon dioxide
unit bacteria consider
1. The earth is a _____________ It is part o f t h e _____________ system.
2. can cause disease. They also destroy wastes
3. Tom said his new car cost $10,000, but the _____________ figure was
$9,980.85.
4. Julia likes to r e a d _____________ .
5. The space colony m ight be all in one , or it might have
separate ones for agriculture.
6. The governm ent has a ________ to build a dam to store water for
agriculture.
7. Another word for com plicated is
8. We m u s t _________ both the advantages and the disadvantages before
we start the project.
create satellite bacteria carbon dioxide

so far discussed actually elem ents
balance project physicist fascinating
fa s c in a tin g (a d j) ['ficsincitirj] : liap dan

s u c c e s s fu l (a d j) [sek'sesfl] : tlianli cong
d is e a s e (n ) [di'zi:z] : benli tat
d am (n ) [d;cm j : ho, dap
p h y s ic is t (n ) [’fizisist] : nlia vat ly hoc
156
SCIENCE
1. C 0 2 means
2. Gold (Au), oxygen (O), and uranium (U) are a l l ____________ .
3. Destroying rain forests c a n ____________ problems for the whole world.
4. The c l a s s ____________ how to prepare for the TO EFL exam.
5 . there are no buildings over 110 stories high.
6. A ____________ teaches or does research in physics.
7. Before the large increase in population, there was a ____________ between
the needs o f the people and what the land could produce.
8. Much international communication is now done b y ____________ .
9. It is a ____________ experience to live in another country.
C. V o c a b u lary Review
energy avoided rush crew
takes o ff board harmful phobia
honestly score interview initial
1. P le a s e ________this paper so I can show my teacher that you have read it.
2. After p e o p le ____________ a plane, i t _____________ .
3. What was the f in a l ____________ o f the game?
4. Sometimes students have to ____________ someone and write a
composition about it.
5. Smoking i s ____________ to the health.
6. is produced by burning fuel.
7. If y o u ____________ through your work, you are likely to make mistakes.
8. K u m ik o ____________ giving a speech in class by staying home that day.
9. A r o a d ____________ is repairing the main street where I drive every day.
10. Betty said s h e ____________ forgot to meet her friend for lunch Sunday.
D. M ultiple Choice
1. Fiction i s ____________ .
a. true b. imaginative c. boring
2. The biosphere is a complicated project b e c a u s e ____________ .
a. everything must be perfectly balanced
b. they don't know what materials to build it from
c. people from different professions are working on it
another (adj) ['Ado(r)] : kliac

score (n) [sko:] : ban thang
repair (v) [ri'pee] : stfa clitfa
157
3. The b io s p h e r e _____________be round.

a. must b. will c. might
4. The first biosphere will s u p p o rt_____________ people
a. two or three b. ten c. ten thousand
5. A g re e n h o u s e _____________ .
a. is a partly enclosed environm ent
b. is a biosphere
c. supports plant life independently
6 . might take care o f the w astes in the biosphere.
a. A water system
b. Balanced nutrients
c. Bacteria
7. Dr. Oneill thinks.
a. Satellites can produce solar energy
b. about ten people could take care o f a satellite
c. we need a space colony to study the solar system
1. W hy is it a com plex project to create a biosphere9
2. W hat problems must the architects and engineers consider?
3. How is a greenhouse different from a biosphere?
4. Explain why the earth is a biosphere.
5. How does Dr. O N eill think we will solve the energy shortage?
6. W hy can we learn about our environm ent from the biosphere?
7. Would you like to live in a biosphere on M ars? W hy or \shy not9
F. M ain Idea
1. Write a sentence that gives the main idea for paragraph 5 (lines 28-36).
2. Paragraph 7 (lines 39-43).
3. W hat sentence is the main idea for paragraph 1 I (lines 64-69)9.
4. Write a sentence for the main idea o f paragraph 13 (lines 7 2 - 8 1)
p ro fe s s io n (n ) [p ro 'fc / n ] : nglie nghiep

s y s te m (n ) ['s is to m ] : lie thong
sp ace (n ) ['s p c is ] : kliong gum, vtl tin
M a r(n ) [m o :] . sao hod
158
SC IE N C E
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms: Verbs and Nouns
Many English words are used as both a verb and a noun. Use 10 o f these
examples in sentences, using some verbs and some nouns.
Verb Noun
balance balance
kick kick
force force
design design
interview interview
initial initial
fear fear
crash crash
harm harm
bother bother
whistle whistle
knock knock
B. Noun Substitutes
What do these noun substitutes stand for? Sometimes the word isn't in the
sentence before.
1. page 153, line 5 which
2. line 10 they
3. line 15 we
4. line 16 it
5. page 154, line 27 it
6. line 3 1 these
7. line 56 it
8. page 155, line 64 itself
9. line 71 it
10. line 77 it
whistle (n - v) [’witl]
bother (n - v) [’bode] : lam pliien
initial ( n - v ) [i'ni/el] : chtf cat dan, ky ten tat
159
0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C A U S E A N D EFFECT
C. A rtic le s
Put an article in the blank if one is necessary.
1. Environm ental Research Laboratory at ___________
University o f A rizona is d e s ig n in g _____________biosphere.
2. I've been reading _____________ science fiction stories about
_____________ space colonies for years, but o f course they were possible
only i n _____________ author's imagination.
3. N o w y ou are actually preparing f o r _____________space colony.
4. W e believe it will be possible sometime i n _____________ future.
5. But i t 's _____________ very com plex project.
6. But there will have to b e ___________ perfect balance b e tw e e n __________
plants, anim als (including _____________hum ans), and ____________
chemical elem ents; that is, everything i n _____________ environment.
7. We call i t _____________ biosphere.
8. These w ould be connected t o _____________main unit.
9. Well, _____________ greenhouse for grow ing _____________ plants in
winter i s _____________ first step t o w a r d ______________biosphere.
10. This i s _____________ closed environm ent except f o r _____________ sun's
heat entering t h r o u g h _____________ glass o r ______________plastic.
D. C ause and Effect

W hat is the cause o f each o f these effects?
C au se Effect
1. a. People can live their whole
lives in the biosphere.
2. b. The whole system m ight break down.
3. c. The same water m ust be used and
reused.
4. d. We will need solar energy.
5. e. The biosphere will be necessary to run
solar energy satellites.
6. f. We create more carbon dioxide.
imagination (n) [i,ma;d«3i'nci/n] : trf tucmg tucmg

perfect (adj) [’pecfikt] : hoan hao
160
SCIENCE
E. Context Clues
1. There are two ways to plant seeds. One is to put each seed in a hole in the
ground. The other is to s c a t t e r the seeds on the ground by the handful.
a. spread around
b. push into the ground
c. plant by machine
2. When you take ice out o f the freezer, it melts.
a. gets colder b. changes to a gas c. changes to water
3. At nights, scientists observe the stars, the solar system, and other objects
in the sky at an observatory.
a. write about b. are tested on c. look at
4. Water starts to boil at 100°C. Then it becomes steam .
a. water in the form o f ice
b. very hot water
c. water in the form o f hot moisture in the air
5. A stone sinks in water. A piece o f wood or paper floats.
a. goes to the bottom o f the water
b. rides on top o f the water
c. gets very wet
scatter (v) ['skx'to] : rai va Ichap noi

melt (v) [melt] : tan cliay
observe (v) [e'bze:v] : quail sat
steam (n) [sti:m] : hoi ntfcrc
float (v) [flout] : trdi noi
161
VOLCANOES 2
Throughout history, people w ho lived near
volcanoes m ade up stories to explain why they erupt.
Usually they believed that the gods were showing their
anger through the eruption. Today scientists can explain
much about volcanoes, but they also must guess about
what is happening deep inside the earth. There is still
much for us to learn.
The active volcanoes o f the world exist in definite
patterns. They are not ju st scattered anywhere, but are
found in c h a in s and groups. Three-quarters o f the earth's
volcanoes are in the Ring o f Fire around the Pacific
Ocean. There is another chain in the Atlantic, a chain in
the M editerranean, and a group in Central Africa. Most
o f them are on coastlines or islands.
What causes volcanoes to erupt? M uch o f the
material under the surface o f the earth is melted rock
called magma. H eavy layers o f rock push down on the
magma. The m agm a escapes sidew ays or upward until it
starts to push on the underside o f the earth's surface. If
there is a weak spot, the magm a and its gases push right
through the spot and explode into the air. If there is a lot
o f gas, the eruption is violent; if there is only a little gas,
the eruption is mild. The hole which forms at the top o f
the volcano is called a crater. After the m agm a escapcs
to the earth's surface, it is called lava.
volcano (n) [vol'keinou] : ntii Itfa

chain (n) [t/cin] : d a y xich, dittoi
e ru p t(v ) [i'rApt] : no
m agm a (n) ['niicgm e] : m ac ina, dung iiliain H ong long dal
sideways (adv) [’saidwciz] : ngang
upward (adv) ['Apwod] : Itifcrng len lien
SCIE NC E 0 0 0 ^ 0 0 0 0
Some volcanic eruptions are very gentle. Kilauea,

for example, on the island o f Hawaii erupts often, and
tourists go to see it because the melted rock shooting into
the air is beautiful. Scientists at the Hawaiian Volcano
Observatory near Kilauea have given us much
knowledge about volcanoes. Stromboli, another famous
volcano, is on an island between Sicily and Italy. It has
been erupting about every half hour for 2500 years.
Volcanoes like Kilauea and Stromboli don't usually
cause much damage.
Iceland also has nonviolent eruptions, but they often
cause damage because the hot lava melts the snow and
ice and causes floods.
Although some famous volcanoes are gentle, most
of the world's active volcanoes have very explosive
activity and violen eruptions. The eruptions are violent
because there is a long resting period between eruptions,
and a los o f gas builds up in the magma. There have been
some famous eruptions from this kind o f volcano.
In late 1984, strong earthquakes began shaking the
Nevado del Ruiz volcano in Colombia every day. Then it
began sending out steam and ash. On Novem ber 14,
1985, it erupted. A nearby river became a sea o f mud
which buried four towns. This disaster killed more than
2100 people.
Mt. Vesuvius in Italy had not erupted for a thousand
years, and people thought it was dead, but in A.D. 79 it
erupted and buried the city o f Pompeii in ashes. Life
stopped for 2000 people who were buried under the
ashes. Today we can visit Pompeii and see exactly what
life was like 1900 years ago.
shoot into (v) [-fu:t] : ban leu phia tren

lava (n) ['la:ve] : nliam tligcli
shake(v) [/cik] : lac, rung
ash (n) [;v/] : tro but
163
In 1902, Mt. Pelee on the island o f M artinique in the

Caribbean Sea erupted. First a huge cloud o f steam
appeared at the top o f the volcano. People m oved into
the town o f St. Pierre from the surrounding countryside
w here they thought they would be safe because St. Pierre
w as 13 kilometers from the volcano. T w o w eeks later,
there were several explosions that sounded like thunder,
and Mt. Pelee seem ed to burst apart. A huge black cloud
rolled dow n the m ountainside, and in 3 m inutes it
covered St. Pierre. Thirty thousand people died.
The worst eruption in history was on the small
island o f Krakatoa, Indonesia, in 1883. T he volcano
started sending out steam in the early spring o f that year,
and as the weeks passed, explosions sent out dust and
ash that killed all the plants on the island. The surface o f
the sea w as covered with hot, floating volcanic rock.
On August 26 there was an explosion every 10
minutes, lightning appeared in the sky, and a cloud o f
black steam covered the island. Then there w as a huge
explosion-the loudest sound ever heard by hum ans. The
sound waves, which broke w indow s 350 kilom eters
away, traveled 5000 kilometers. Two-thirds o f the island
disappeared into the crater. W ater rushed in to Fill the
hole, and there was a final explosion w hen the water
m ixed with the m agma. This caused a huge sea wave, as
tall as a 12-story building, which rushed aw ay from
Krakatoa. The wave covered the low islands nearby and
destroyed 300 villages. Even ships in South A frica felt
the wave. O ver 36,000 people died from the eruption and
the huge wave.
sound (v) [saund] : nglie

b u r s t( v ) [be:st] : no tung
c o v e r( v ) ['kAve] : bao pliu
crater (n) ['kreite] : m ieng nui Itfa da tat
wave (n) [weiv] : song
164
SCIENCE
The dust from the eruption moved high above the

earth and traveled around the world at least 12 times. For
two years it formed a wall between the sun and the earth,
and the earth's temperature dropped 10°C. Sometimes the
sun was green or blue. When the last o f the dust fell after
several years, the island o f Krakatoa had been spread all
over the earth.
There is no question that volcanoes are destructive. Is
there anything good about them? People continue living
near them because volcanic soil is the most productive on
earth. Volcanic areas also contain many o f the world's
valuable metals. Many o f Africa's diamonds come from
volcanic areas. Volcanoes also create geothermal energy.
G eotherm al means earth heat, heat created by volcanic
activity underground. This could help solve the world's
energy shortage.
Scientists are observing volcanoes throughout the
world. They hope that by studying the history o f eruptions
and the changes in a volcano before an eruption, they will
be able to tell when one is going to happen. Humans have
learned to control many things about nature, but we
cannot control volcanoes. However, if we can know that
an eruption is going to happen, many lives can be saved.
A. Vocabulary
volcanoes chain damage bursts

rolled waves patterns melts
floods thunder lightning float
valuable erupted definite surface
dust (n) [dAst] : bui dat

eruption (n) [i'rAp/n] : stf no
flood (n) [flAd] : hi hit
pattern (n) ['p«t(o)n] : man vat
surface (n) ['se:fis] : be mat
roll (v) [Youl] : cuon, Ian
165
CAU SE A N D EFFECT
I. When there is and during a storm, it is

sometimes called an electrical storm.
Mt. St. Helens, a volcano in W ashington State in the United States,
_____________in 1980.
A gold___________ is a popular kind o f jewelry.
4. There is a ring_ o f ______
__________ around the Pacific ocean.
5. When a ttire
i r e __________ while a car is moving, it is called a blowout.
6. When Peter set his pencil on the table, i t __________ o f f onto the floor.
7. Huge o c e a n __________ hit the shore during a storm.
8 Gold and silver a r e __________ metals.
9. The Browns think they are going to Europe next sum m er, but it isn't
10. Volcanoes are found in d e f i n i te __________ around the world.

1 1. Floods cause a lot o f __________ o f towns and agriculture.
12. When s n o w ________in the mountains, it can cause_________ in the lowlands.
B. V ocabulary
surface layer crater observe
geothermal active scattered m agm a
float dam age guess pattern
mild lava ashes steam
energy com es from heat under the earth.

2. Melted rock inside the earth is called W'hen it leaves the
o f the volcano, it is called
3. Rocks generally sink below the o f the sea. However, some
volcanic rock is light enough to_
4. The w i n d ________ my papers £11 over the room..
5. Trains used to be run by ___________ Now most o f them are run by
electricity or diesel oil.
definite (adj) [’dcfinit] : xa c d in li, i d rang

lowland (n) [’loulend] : vting ddt trung
mild (adj) [maild] : binli thtfdng, hat hod
diesel oil (n) [’di:zel] : dan diezen
ashtray (n) fa^/trei] : gal tan
166
SCIENCE
6. The weather has b e e n __________ this week, even though it is winter. It

hasn't been very cold.
7. Smokers put their c ig a re tte __________ in an ashtray.
8. In a rain forest, the l o w e r __________ o f plant growth is protected by the
upper layer.
9. Students who plan to become teachers usually have t o __________ classes
as a first step toward teaching.
10. Mr. Green is not v e r y __________ now. he is 87 and in poor health.
11. Can y o u __________ what I have in this bag?
For each word in the first column, find a synonym in the second column and
an antonym in the third column.
Synonym s Antonym s
1. fascinating a. comm on m. uncomplicated
2. complex b. small n. excited
3. so far c. interesting o. forbid
4. create d. quiet p. unusual
5. ordinary e. complicated q. boring
6. force f. make r. separate
7. broad g. make someone do something s. not yet
8. tiny h. balance t. actual
9. connect i. consider u. narrow
10. calm j. join together v. unit
k. until now w. destroy
1. wide x. huge
join together(v) [d3oin to'gcdo] : ket hap

narrow (adj) ['nicrou] : chat clipi
167
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
D. T rue/False/N o Inform ation

__________ I. Today scientists know all the details about the formation of
volcanoes.
__________ 2. Inactive volcanoes exist in definite patterns.
__________ 3. M ore than h a lf o f the world's volcanoes are near the Pacific.
__________4. Most inactive volcanoes are near the sea.
__________ 5. M agm a pushes through a w eak spot in the earth’s surface.
__________ 6. A lot o f gas mixed with the m agm a causes a violent explosion.
__________ 7. M ost o f the world's active volcanoes have mild activity.
__________ 8. Krakatoa destroyed the tow n o f St. Pierre.
__________ 9. Early people made tools from volcanic materials.
__________ 10. Therm al means heat.
1. W hy did people think there were gods in volcanoes?
2. W hy don't scientists understand everything about the activity below the
surface o f the earth9
3. W hy is the R ing o f Fire a good nam e?
4. W hy are some eruptions more violent than others?
5. W hy do Iceland's nonviolent volcanoes cause damage?
6. W hy can som e volcanic rock float?
7. W hat caused the huge sea wave after K rakatoa erupted?
8. How did Krakatoa become spread all over the world?
9. W hat are some advantages o f volcanoes?
F. M ain Idea
Write or copy a sentence that is the main idea for these paragraphs.
1. 2 (lines 9-16)
2. 6 (lines 44-51)
3. 7 (lines 52-58)
4. 13 (lines 110-119)
168
SCIENCE
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms
1. discuss discussion
2. consider consideration (in)considerate (in)considerately
3. complexity complex
4. fascinate fascination fascinating fascinatingly
fascinated
5. create creation (un)creative creatively
creativity
6. value value valuable
7. observe observation (un)observant
observatory
8. act action (in)active actively
activity
9. explain explanation (un)explainable
10. believe belief (un)believable (un)believably
1. After a lo n g __________ , the architects decided to change the design.
2. Marge is a v e r y __________ person. She thinks o f others and what they
want, instead o f thinking o f herself most o f the time.
3. T h e __________ o f modern society affects family patterns.
4. Mark is going to study geology because he i s __________ by rocks.
5. Pablo Picasso was a v e r y __________ artist. He was known for his_______ .
6. Most people want to have friends. T h e y __________ the friend-ship o f
people they like.
7. When the director o f the English p ro g ra m __________ classes, she writes
up a n __________ report.
8. Pierre has b e c o m e __________ in the stamp club because he is too busy
to attend. Stamp collecting used to be his favorite__________ .
9. Can scientists give a c l e a r __________ o f what actually happens deep in
the earth? No, some o f the details a r e __________ so far.
10. Scientists consider i t __________ that gods create volcanic eruptions.
belief (n) [bi'li:f] : Idng tin

value (v) [’vaslju:] : gid tri
geology (n) [d3i'oled3i] : dia ly
favorite (n) [’feivent] : s o thick
169
B. Sequen cin g
Put these sentences about Krakatoa in the right order. N u m b e r I is done for
you.
__________ a. The dust traveled around the world
__________ b. W ater rushed in to fill the hole.
____ 1____ c. The volcano started sending out steam.
__________ d. The water mixed with magma.
__________ e. All the plants on the island died.
__________ f. There was a huge explosion.
__________ g. A huge sea wave w as created.
__________ h. Lightning appeared.
__________ i. Tw o-thirds o f the island disappeared into the crater.
__________ j. There was a final explosion.
C. T w o -W o r d Verbs
N u m b e rs 2 and 3 have the same expression twice.
mix up -mistake one thing for a nother
dress up -put on special clothes
have on -be wearing
look out -be careful
spread out -spread over a certain area or time
1. Don't try to learn 40 irregular verbs in one day. __________ them

over a week or two.
2. People u s u a ll y __________ for a party. Children like t o ___________ in their
parents' old clothes and play that they are adults.
3. First she __________ her h o m ew ork assignm ents and gave the reading
hom ew ork to the wrong teacher. T hen she found out she had done the wrong
page. She w a s __________ .
4 . ! There's a child in the street!
5. M ike__________ his running clothes because he just came back from jogging
h o le ( n ) [ ’h o u l] : Id hong
a p p ear ( v ) [ e>'pie>] .x u d t Inen
d is a p p e a r ( v ) [.d is e 'p io ] : bien m at
a s s ig n m e n t ( n ) [ e ’s a in m o n t] : nhiem \ u d u o c giao
170
SCIENCE
D. Prepositions and Two-W ord Verbs
1. history, people who lived __ volcanoes made

stories to explain why they erupt.
2. Scientists must guess what is happening d e e p _____ the earth.
3. The active volcanoes_________ the world e x i s t _____ definite patterns.
4. Most o f them a r e __________ coastlines or islands.
5. Heavy la y e rs __________ rock p u s h ___________ the magma.
6. If there is a weak spot, the magma and its gases push r i g h t __________
the spot and e x p lo d e __________ the air.
7. The hole that f o r m s ________the t o p _______the volcano is called a crater.
8. The eruptions are violent because there is a long resting period
eruptions, and a lot gas builds _____ the magma.
9. Mt. Vesuvius _ Italy had not erupted a thousand years.
10. 1902, MT. Pelee the island
Martinique the Caribbean Sea erupted.
11. Krakatoa started sending steam early spring.
E. Context Clues
1. When a violent volcanic eruption occurs, there is usually damage,
a. damages b. scatters c. happens
2. We could not breathe without the earth's atmosphere.
a. the air around the earth
b. the movement o f the earth around the sun
c. the water on the surface o f the earth
3. When Carol is doing research, she often finds useful information in
several places in the same book. She puts a strip o f paper in each place so
she can find it again easily
a. a large white paper to take notes on
b. a long, thin piecc o f paper
c. a round piece o f paper
coastline (n) [’koustlain] : bcr bien

period (n) [’pieried] : tluri ky
atmosphere (n) [';etmosfio] : bdu klii quyen
strip (n) [strip] : m iehg ,mdu
171
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
4. W heat, corn, cotton, and fruit are valuable farm crops.

a. plants people eat
b. food that grow s on low plants
c. plants farm ers grow
5. O ne cold January day in Montreal, dark clouds appeared in the sky, the
day grew colder, and millions o f sn o w fla k e s began to fall.
a. pieces o f ice b. rain c. pieces o f snow
172
SNOW AND HAIL 3
Millions o f people in the world have never seen
snow. Others see more o f it than they want to. Hail is happens
much commoner, it occurs even in deserts.
Each tiny piece o f snow is called a snowflake,
and each flake has six sides or six points. Billions o f
snowflakes fall every winter, and the amazing fact is
that each one is different. A snowflake is as
individual as someone's handwriting or fingerprint.
A snowflake forms inside a winter storm cloud can! escape
when a microscopic piece o f dust is trapped inside a air around the
tiny drop o f water. This happens in the atmosphere earth
10 kilometers above the earth, the water freezes
around the dust, and as this flake is blown by the
wind, it collects more drops o f water. These drops
freeze too, and the snowflake becomes heavy enough
to start falling to earth. As it falls, it passes through
areas where the temperature and humidity vary. It
collects more and more tiny drops o f water, and the
shape continually changes. Some drops fall o ff and
start to form new snowflakes. microscope
This sounds simple, but it is actually very
complex. It is so complex that mathematicians using
computers are just beginning to under-stand what
happens. Every change in temperature and humidity
in the air around the snowflake causes a change in
the speed and pattern o f the snowflake's formation as
snowflake (n) ['snou'fleik] : b o n g tu ye t

occur (v) [e'k3:(r)] : xa y va
hail (n) [heil] : mtfa da
fingerprint (n) [firigeprint] : van tay
microscopic (n) [,maikre'skDpik] : kinh hien vi
trap (n) [tracp] : c a ib a y
CAUS E A N D EFFECT
it makes its trip to the earth. Since no two flakes follow

exactly the same path to the ground, no two snowflakes
are exactly alike. How ever, they are all six-sided So far,
no one understands w hy this is so. true
Hail is a small round ball o f alternating layers o f
snow and clear ice. It form s inside thunderclouds. There
arc two theories about how hailstones form.
One theory says that hail form s when drops o f water
freeze in the upper air. A s they fall, they collect more
drops o f water, ju st as snow flakes do. They also collect
snow. The ice and snow build up in layers. If you cut a
hailstone, you can see these alternating layers.
The other theory says that hail starts as a raindrop.
The wind carries it higher into the atm osphere where it
gets covered by snow. It becom es heavy and begins to
fall. As it falls, it gets a new layer o f w ater which freezes
Then the wind carries it back up to the snow region, and it
gets another layer o f snow. This can happen several times.
Finally the hailstone is too heavy to travel on the wind,
and it falls to the ground.
Only thunderstorm s can produce hail, but very few o f
them do. Perhaps only one in 400 thunderstorm s create
hailstones.
a long thm area
Hail usually falls in a strip from 10 to 20 kilometers
wide and more than 40 kilom eters long.
A hailstone is usually less than 8 centim eters in
d ia m e te r . However, hailstones can be much bigger than
that. Sometimes they are as big as baseballs. The largest
ever recorded w eighed over 680 gram s and had a diam eter
o f 13 centimeters.
alternating (n) ['o:lte:ncitir|] . s u 11 ke

thundercloud (n) I'OAndoklaud] : J a m m ay co the gay ra sum set
raindrop (n) ['reindrop] : hat mtfa
fall (v) [ f o : I] : n /i xuong
la y e r(n ) [’Icio] : lop lap
diam eter (n) [dai'icmito] : (luting kinli
174
SCIENCE
Hail can do a lot o f damage to agriculture,

especially since hail usually appears in midsummer,
when the plants are partly grown. If the crops are
destroyed, it is too late to plant more and the farmer
has lost everything. The most damage is done by
hailstones that arc only the size o f peas. In one
terrible hailstorm in 1923 in Rostov in the USSR, 23
people and many cattle were killed.
Snow can cause damage too. It can c a v e J n the
roof o f a building. A heavy snowstorm can delay
airplane (lights and cause automobile accidents.
Farm animals sometimes die in snow-storms, and
when country roads are closed by the snow, people
can be trapped in their cars and freeze to death. Yet
there is nothing more beautiful than the sight o f
millions o f snowflakes falling on a still, moonlit
night. That is when people think o f the beauty, and
not the sciencc, o f snowflakes.
A. Vocabulary
fact exactly m idsummer traps
so records snowflake microscopic
alternating strip points fingerprint
I Hail falls in a ______ about 40 kilometers long.

2. Volcanoes occur in patterns. This is a __________ . The weather is warm or
hot i n __________ .
4. Trappers s e t __________ to catch animals.
damage (v) ['dicmid3] : lam hai

midsummer (n) [,mid'sAmo] : gitfa im'ia lie
moonlit (adj) ['mu:nlit] : charc soi sang bc’ri anh irdng
175
0 0 0 ^ 0 0 0 0 CAU SE A N D EFFECT
5. Som e people still believe that volcanic eruptions are caused by angry
gods, but we know this i s n 't __________ .
6. E v e r y __________ has six sides or six ___________
7. The boys and girls lined up i n __________ rows.
8. Bacteria a r e __________ . T hey can't be seen without a microscope.
9. The g o v e rn m e n t__________ the daily am ount o f rainfall.
B. V ocabu lary
occur fingerprint fact atmosphere
theory hail so crop
trap m icroscope diam eter exactly
1. N o tw o individuals a r e __________ the same, not even twins.

2. W hen did the last eruption o f K i l a u e a __________ ?
3. The p o l i c e __________ criminals.
4. The distance across a circle is called t h e __________ .
5. Hum ans are polluting the e a r t h 's __________ .
6. Albert Einstein developed a very im p o r ta n t__________ about relativity.
7. C acao (chocolate) is an im p o r ta n t__________ in W est Africa.
8. can destroy a farm er’s crops.
C. V ocab u lary Review

M atch the words with their definition.
1. hire a. m ovem ent o f the earth

2. com pare b. look for similarities
3. in addition c .-h
4. immigrant d. pleasant
5. earthquake e. give a j o b to
6. story f. C 0 2
7. prefer g. floor
8. divide h. frame
bacteria (n) [bsek'tierie] : vi khuan

twin (n) [twin ] : anh em suih dot
crim inal (n) ['kriminl] : toi pliam
relativity (n) [’reletivli] : linh luong doi
176
SCIENCE
9. respond ___ i. o f the sun

10. permit ___ j. talk about
11. discuss ___ k. person who goes to live in another
12. carbon dioxide country for the rest o f his or her life
13.solar I. answer
14._create ___ m. like better
n. allow
o. and
p. make
D. Short Answers
Write hail, snow, or hail and sn o w after each o f these sentences.
1. As it is blown by the w ind, it collects water.
2. It occurs only in the colder regions o f the world.
3. It is formed o f layers o f ice and snow.
4. It can destroy crops.
5. It can cause the death o f humans.
6. It is sometimes formed around a piece o f dust.
7. It always has six sides or six points.
8. It is produced only by thunderstorm s.
9. It is a small round ball.
10. It can cause damage.
E. Comprehension Q uestions
1. Why do all snowflakes have six sides or six points?
2. Snowflakes start form ing around two things. What are they?
3. What does a change in hum idity do to the formation o f a snowflake?
4. Why are no two snow flakes alike?
5. Where do hailstones form ?
6. What causes both snow flakes and hail to fall to the ground?
7. About how big is the average hailstone?
8. How does hail destroy crops?
9. Give an example o f how snow can be destructive.
10. Which is more destructive, hail or snow? Why?
M. Do roadrunners ever see hail?
F. Main Idea
1- Write a sentence for the main idea o f paragraph 2 (lines 5-10)
2. Paragraph 4 (lines 24-35)
3. Which sentence is the main idea o f paragraph 1 I (lines 68-76)?
177
c a u s e a n d effect
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Form s: Negative Prefixes
These are c om m on negative prefixes. Put a word from num ber I in the first
sentence and so on. Use the right form o f the word.
I Dis- dislike, discomfort, displease, disconnect, dishonest

2. U n- uncreative, unprepared, unobservant
3. N on- nonsm oking, nonalcoholic, nonviolent, nonindustrial
4 In- inactive, inconsiderate, incorrect, inexpensive
5. Im - impossible, improbable, immovable, imperfect
6 il- illogical, illiterate
7. ir- irregular, irreligious
8 m is- m isbehave, misspell, m issunderstand, misspeak
1. Alice a l w a y s __________ the television during a thunderstorm
2. Bering and his men w e r e ________________ for living on the island after
their boat sank.
3. Coke and Pepsi a r e __________ drinks.
4. It is ______________ to eat something in front o f someone else and not
offer them some.
5. It i s _______________ that women will have equal rights with men in this
century.
6. It is _____________ to think that som eone who is ________________ is
unintelligent.
7. verbs must be memorized.
8. There are t h r e e ________________ w ords in your hom ew ork paper
B. S u m m a r iz i n g
Write a sum m ary o f the information about snow. Write fi\ e or six sentences.
island (n) ['ailend] : ddo

m e m o r i z e (v) [ ' me mor ai z] : g in n h cr
178
S C IE N C E
C. C o m p o u n d W o rd s
Make compound words using a word from the first column and one from the
second.
I take _ a. by
2. b l o w __ b. water
3. thunder c. storm
4. in ___ d. walk
5 . under e. o ff
6. under f. lands
7. through g. ground
8. near _ h. side
9. side __ i. out
10. l o w __ j. out
D. Articles
1. snowflake forms i n s i d e __________ winter storm cloud when
__________ microscopic piece o f dust is trapped inside_________ tiny drop o f
_________ water.
2. This happens i n _______atmosphere 10 kilometers a b o v e __________earth.
3. water freezes around __________ dust, and as this flake is
blown b y __________ wind, it collects more drops o f ___________ water.
4. As it falls, it passes t h r o u g h __________ areas where ____________
temperature a n d __________ humidity vary.
5. It is so complex that __________ mathematicians using __________
computers are just beginning to understand what happens.
6. Every change in __________ temperature and __________ humidity in
__________ air c a u s e s ___________ change i n ___________ speed a n d ________
pattern o f snowflake's formation as it makes its trip t o __________ earth.
7 hail i s ___________ small round ball o f ___________ alternating
layers o f __________ snow a n d ___________clear ice.
blow(v) [b'oo] : thoi

mathematician (n) [,m .c0om o'ti/n] : nlia toaii hoc
179
E. Context Clues
1. The energy from the sun is inexhaustible.
a. very tired b. can never be used up c. never gets tired
2. Glass and water are transparent. Iron and wood are not.
a. expensive b. can float c. can be seen through
3. The Rio G rande River form s part o f the boundary b etw een Mexico and
the U nited States.
a. border b. pattern c. highw ay system
4. W hen M asako visited England, she had to convert her Japanese money
into pounds.
a. change b. buy c. earn
5. Brazil exports coffee to Europe. Japan exports cars to China.
a. sells to another country
b. produces
c. trades
inexhaustible (adj) [,inig'zo:stebl] : vo tan , kliong can kiet

transparent (adj) [triens'pasrent] : trong snot
boundary (n) [’baunderi] : dtfdng bien, ia n h gi&i
convert (v) [ken've:t] : cltuyen dot
export (v) ['ckspo:t] : xiidl khan
180
PHOTOVOLTAIC CELLS-
ENERGY SOURCE OF 4
THE FUTURE
As population increases and countries industrialize,

the world's demand for energy increases. O ur supply of
petroleum and gas is limited, but the photovoltaic cell
offers a solution to the problem o f a future energy
shortage. This cell can become an important source of
energy. In fact, it seems almost like magic. The
photovoltaic cell changes sunlight directly into energy,
and energy from the sun is clean, easily available,
inexhaustible, and free, with the right equipment. can't be used up
Did you ever reach to open the door at a store or
hotel and see it open by itself? Does your camera always
let in the right amount o f light for your pictures? These
are two examples o f uses o f photovoltaic cells. They
are also used in calculators and watches, remote
telecommunication units, and in central power stations to
produce electricity. A nother important use is in the space
exploration program. This program could not exist
without the energy produced by photovoltaic cells.
The photovoltaic cell is simple. It has a t r a n s p a r e n t can be seen through
metallic film at the top. Below this is a layer o f rsili£Qfl
(Si). A metal base is at the bottom.
photovoltaic (n) [.foutouvol'teiik] : quang dien

demand (v) [di'm crnd] : doi lioi, yen can
magic (n) [’micdîk] : m a tliuat, ma life
calculator (n) ['kaHkjuleite] : indy tinli
metallic (adj) [mi'ticlik] : sang bong
CAUSE AND EFFECT
The sunlight falls on the boundary betw een the two

different types o f sem iconductors in the photovoltaic
cell, the silicon and the metal base. A conductor is
som ething that electricity can pass through. W ater and
metals conduct electricity, but wood does not. A
sem iconductor conducts electricity poorly at low
tem peratures, but when heat or light is added,
conductivity is in creased.
As the light falls on this boundary between the two
types o f semiconductors, it creates an electric Qiirrcql.
The sunlight is c o n v e rte d directly into electricity.
change
Another advantage is that this cell is solid-state; that is,
there are no moving parts. Since there are no moving parts because
to break down, the cell will last a long time if it is protected
from damage. However, this protection is important. If the
top o f the cell even gets dusty, less light enters, and the cell
doesn't work as efficiently as it should.
In addition, sTTicofMS one o f the commonest elements
in the world; for example, sand is made up mostly o f
silicon. However, the chemical preparation o f the silicon for
use in a photovoltaic cell was very expensive at first. Now
the cost has decreased. Scientists hope that in the future
they w ill be able to produce it in long sheets the way plastic
for plastic bags is made today.
About 18 percent o f the sunlight that reaches the cell
is c o r)verted_into electricity. This is a small am ount, so
many cells must be used to create a reasonable am ount o f
electricity. However, technology can be developed to
make the cells more efficient and raise this to 27 percent.
boundary(n) [’baundari] : clir&ng bien. ra n li gun

s e m i c o n d u c t o r (n) [.scmikon'dAkto] : clia t ban clan
c o n d u c t o r (n) [ken'dAkto] : d i a l clan clicn
cur r ent (n) [' kAront] : dung (elicit), elite it
sol id-st at e (adj) ['so lid'steit] : trang then rein
ef fi ci ent ly (adv) [ l'f i/ e n t li] : liicu qua. co riclng sttal
r e as o n a b l e (adj) ['riiznebl] : hcrp ly
182
SCIENCE
What docs this mean to the world? Photovoltaic

cells have several advantages over fossil fuels can be seen or
(petroleum, oil, and coal). Fossil fuels that we use today einderstood easily
were formed from plants and animals that lived millions
of years ago. Those plants and animals were able to exist
because o f the sun. O b v io u s ly , we can't wait a million
years for more fossil fuels. The photovoltaic cell gives us
the ability to produce energy directly from the sun. The
sun's energy can be converted for our use immediately.
At the present time, gas and oil are expensive.
Developing countries cannot e x p o rt enough agricultural
products and other raw materials to import the fuel that
they need to produce energy. At the same time, sell to other countries
petroleum supplies are limited, and in a few decades they
will run out. However, the supply o f sunlight is limitless,
and most o f the poor countries o f the world are in the
tropics where there is plenty o f sunlight.
The photovoltaic cell has another very important
advantage. It is a clean source o f energy. The fossil fuels
that we use today are the main source o f the pollution in
our atmosphere.
It took only a decade for scientists to know that solar
energy from photovoltaic cells was not just a dream. They
have already proven that it can become an important source
of energy. By the end o f the century, it will be cheaper to
produce electricity with solar cells than from petroleum.
The photovoltaic cell can be the solution to one o f the most
serious problems in the world today.
A. V o c a b u lary
photovoltaic cell inexhaustible ?silicon semiconductors

solid-state fossil împort exports
magic raw material reasonable 'source
fossil (adj) [Tosl] : hod tliacli

obviously (adv) [’Dbviosli] : hien nluen
im m e d ia te ly (a d v ) [i'm i:d jo tli] : ngay lap tuc
a llo w (v ) [o'lau] : thua nhan, cho pliep
lim ited (a d j) ['1 im itid] : co lian, gidi lian, lian d ie
ho w ever (a d v ) [hau'cvo] : tuy nhien
183
CAUSE AND EFFECT
1. Scientists think that t h e ___ will be an important energy sourcc

for the future.
2. The num ber o f s nowflakes is limitless and _________________
3. A photovoltaic cell has two different types o f _______________
4. petroleum is a ______________ fuel.
5. T h e ______________ o f a river is the place it begins.
6. Children like to s e e _____________shows.
7. J a p a n ______________ television but has t o ________________ oil.
8. (Si) is used to make glass.
9. Iron is the main for m aking steel.
B. V ocabulary
dem anded current ^ since efficient

(r obvious last $ reasonable transparent
boundary' fossil Jco n d u cts J converts
1. Electric can pass through metal because metal ______

electricity.
The factory w o r k e r s ___ higher pay for their work.
M uch o f the _________ between C anada and the United States is a
straight line.
A bdullah missed the test he was late for class.
Thirty m inutes is a _____ length o f time for a short test.
It is that Carlos copied Maria's hom ew ork. The papers are
exactly alike.
It is m o r e ___ ___ for 30 people to ride in a bus than in 30 different cars.
Glass is
A h\droe!ectric pow er station _______ water pow er into electricity'.
efficient (n) [i'fi/ent] : co hieu qua! lueu nang

hydroelectric (adj) [.haidroui'lcktrik] : tluiy dien
electricity (n) [i,lck'tnsiti] : dien
184
SCIENCE
Underline the word that does not belong with the others.
1. hail, snowflake, trap, rain
2. steam, crater, lava, ash
3. create, damage, destroy, harm
4. definite, sure, exact, chain
5. satellite, planet, star, sun
6. consider, object, discuss, talk over
7. backward, forward, clockwise, sideward
8. physicist, anthropologist, chemist, geologist
9. burst, eruption; flood, earthquake
10. fly, bee, ant, snake
D. Multiple Choice
1. Solar energy will not b e ___________ in the future.
a. expensive b. easily available c. limitless
2. Sunlight first enters a photovoltaic cell t h ro u g h _______________.
a. a metal base b. a metallic film c. a layer o f silicon
3. The place where the two semiconductors meet is called t h e _______
a. border b. conductor c. boundary
4. A semiconductor works b e s t _____________.
a. when there is wood available
t
b. when the temperature is low
c. when light or heat is added
5. A photovoltaic c e l l __________ light into an electricity.
a. currents b. converts c. conducts
6. The cell must be protected f r o m _____________.
a. dust b. light c. movement
talk over (v) [t:>:k ’ouvo] : rluio liidn

forward (adv) ['fo:wed] : pliia titfctc
dirt (adj) [de:t] : ban
185
CAUS E AN D EFFECT
7. At first, these cells w ere expensive to make b e c a u s e __________

a. the chemical preparation o f silicon was expensive
b. silicon is expensive and hard to find
c. it is hard to keep dirt o f f the cells
8. Most o f today's air pollution c om es f r o m __________
a. automobiles
b. burning fossil fuels
c. factories
E. C o m p r e h e n s io n Q u e s tio n s
1. Why do we need a new way to produce energy?
2. Describe a photovoltaic cell.
3. Give three advantages o f photovoltaic cells over fossil fuels.
4. In what part o f the cell is the electric current cre a te d 0
5. What does so lid-state m ean?
6. What happens when a photovoltaic cell gets dusty?
7. W'hy was energy from photovoltaic cells expensive in the beginning9
8. How can these cells help third world countries?
9. W hy are photovoltaic cells so important in the space program 9
F. M a in Idea
1. Which sentence is the main idea o f paragraph 1 (lines 1-1 I )9

3. Write a sentence for the main idea o f paragraph 2 (lines 12-22).
4. Write the main idea o f paragraph 6 (lines 40-46).
automobile (n) [’j:to m a b i:l) : 6 to

get a w a y (v ) [ , g c t e 'w c i] : bo cl lay
p lan (n ) [plx-n] : ke hooch
p o w e r (n ) Cpaup ] : nriiig liiong
186
SCIENCE
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms
This is a common use o f an adjective. There are two sentence patterns.
It is + a d j c c t iv c ________________ .
It is necessary to memorize irregular verbs.

It is beautiful to walk by the ocean on a moonlit night.
It is important that you fill out these papers immediately.

It is wonderful that you took first place in the competition.

1. trap trap
trapper
2. alternate alternate alternate alternately
alternative alternative alternatively
3. occur occurrence
4. hound boundary bound
5. theorize theory theoretical theoretically
6. efficiency (in)efficient (in)efficiently
7. reasonableness (un)reasonable reasonably
8. exhaust exhaustion (in)exhaustible (in)exhaustibly
9. transparency transparent transparently
10. convert conversion
1. When an anima 1 is , it can't get away.

2a. There is no to our pla n. We can find no plan.
2b. The government can give poor people free food o r ________it can
give them m oney to buy food.
3 I here were t h r e e __________ o f a breakdown in the nuclear power plant.
4- Norway is __________ by Sweden, Finland, the Soviet Union, the
Atlantic ocean, and the North Sea.
5a Scientists_________ about the center o f the earth, but the\ can't know for sure.
___________ _ there are black holes in space.
187
CAUSE A N D EFFECT
5c. It is s t i l l ________ that the brain works because o f electrical connections
6 It i s ___________ to write by hand instead o f using a t> pewriter.
7. It i s ___________ to expect a student to memorize 50 new words a day.
8 Scott and his men b e c a m e ___________ on their journey back from the
South Pole.
9. is a characteristic o f w ater and glass.
10. M issionaries try t o __________ people to their religion
B. Finding the Reason

Write the reason for each statement.
Statem ent Reason

1. An entrance door at a hotel opens by
itself.
2. Electricity can pass through water.
3. The first photovoltaic cells w ere very
expensive.
4. These cells can help the Third World.
5. Energy from the sun is inexhaustible.
6. The photovoltaic cell can't break down.
7. The photovoltaic cell might work
inefficiently.
C. T w o-W ord Verbs
get in -arrive; for example, gets in a bus or plane

bring up -raise children
show up -appear
stand by -wait for a seat on an airplane without a ticket
leave out -skip, forget to include som ething
1. When Ali did his hom ew ork, h e ______________ the third exercise. He
forgot to do it.
2. What time does the train from P a r is ______________ ?
space (n) [’spcis] : v/7 in i
cell (n) [scl] : te bao
bring up (v) [brir|] : m idi dtfdng
forget to do st (v) [fo'gct] : quen lain gi
188
SCIENCE
3. The airline said there were no seats available on this flight, but if someone
doesn't __________ , I can have that seat. I have to __________ until
everyone has boarded. Sometimes standby seats are cheaper, but you
take the chance o f not getting on the flight.
4. Maty was born on a farm, but she w a s ____________ in a small town.
D. Missing W o rd s
Fill in the blanks with any word that fits in the sentence
1 . population increases and countries in d u strialize,___________

world's d e m a n d __________ energy increases.
2. This cell __________ b e c o m e __________ important s o u r c e ___________
energy.
3 . you ever r e a c h ___________o p e n ___________ d o o r___________a
store__________ h o t e l ___________ see it o p e n ___________ itself?
4. The space program could __________ e x i s t __________ the energv
produced__________ photovoltaic cells.
5. It h a s __________ transparent metallic film ___________the top. Below this
is__________ layer o f silicon (Si).
6. The sunlight f a l l s __________ the b o u n d a ry ___________ the two different
types __________ semiconductors, __________ silicon __________ the
metal base.
7. This c e ll__________ solid-state;___________ is ,___________are no moving
parts.
8. Since there __________ no m oving parts to b r e a k __________ , the cell
__________ last ___________ long time __________ it is protected
__________ damage.
9. I f __________ top o f ___________ cell even __________ dusty, less
__________ enters, ____________ the cell __________ work as efficiently
__________ it should.
airline (n) ['colain] : dtk'fug hung kliditg

industrialize (n) [in'dAstrielaiz] : cong ngltiep hod
become (v) [bi'kAm] : t id nen, tid rhiinh
189
CA USE AN D EFFECT
E. C ontext C lues
1. France, England, the United States, Japan, South Africa, and Australia
are ex a m p les o f countries in the two tem perate zones.
a. the hot, hum id tropics
b. near the N orth or South Poles
c. betw een the tropics and the Arctic or Antarctic Circle.
2. At d a w n the sky begins to get light and the sun appears.

a. sunrise
b. sunset
c. a storm with thunder and lightning
3. M illions o f m onarch butterflies m ig r a te every fall from North America

to southern M exico and Central America. In the spring they return to the
north.
a. travel a long distance because o f the season
b. travel a long distance to lay eggs
c. return to their hom e
4. Every night M oham m ed sets his alarm clock. In the m orning it wakes
him up.
a. a clock that m akes a noise at a certain hour
b. a clock that tells the day, month, and year
c. a clock that is in the bedroom
5. The private school organized several e vents for Parents' Day There were
races for the small children, a soccer game, a musical program, a picnic,
and m eetings with the teachers.
a. any kind o f gam e or sport
b. anything that happens
c. program s for children
dawn (n) [do:n] : binli minli

migrate (v) [mai'grcit] : di cif
alarm (n) [e 'la :m ] : cluiong bao
event (n) [i'vent] : sir kien
190
BIOLOGICAL CLOCKS 5
If you have ever flown across several time zones, you
have experienced jet lag. You arrived in a new time zone,
but your body was still living on the time in the old zone.
You were wide awake and ready for dinner in the middle o f
the night, and you wanted to sleep all day.
People suffer from je t lag because all living things
have a biological clock. Plants and animals are all in
rhythm with the natural divisions o f timc-day and night and
the seasons.
At sunrise, plants open their leaves and begin
producing food. At night, they rest. In the temperate zones
of the earth, trees lose their leaves in fall as the days grow
shorter, and there is less sunlight. In the spring, leaves and
flowers begin growing again as the days lengthen.
Rain sets the rhythm o f desert plants. Plants in the
desert may appear dead for moftths or even years, but when
it begins to rain, the plants seem to come to life overnight.
The leaves turn green, and flowers appear. The plants
produce seeds quickly, before the rain stops. These seeds
may Ijejjn the ground for years before the rain starts the
cycle o f growth again. The plants' biological clock gave the
signal for these things to happen.
At daw n most birds wake up and start singing. When sunrise
the sun goes down, they go to sleep. When spring arrives,
they start looking for a mate! When winter comes, some
birds m igrate to a region with a warmer climate. Their
biological clock tells them it is time to do all these things.
flow (v) [fltion] : tidi
sleep (v) [slip ] ■"K11
rhythm (n) [’ridom] : nlup ilicu
'-cem (v) [si:m] : (lifting nluf
signal ( 11 ) ['signal] : dan hicu
C A U SE AN D EFFECT
Animals that live near the sea and depend on both the
land and water for their food have their biological clocks
set with the tides. WTien die tide goes out, they know it is
time to search for the food that the sea left behind it.
Some insects seem to set their alarm clock to u a k e up
at night. They are out all night looking for food and then
sleep during the day. H oneybees have a very strong sense
o f time. They can tell by the position o f the sun exactly
when their favorite flowers open.
Some French scientists did an e x p e rim e n t with
honeybees. They put out sugar water every m orning at
10:00 and at noon, and the bees cam e to drink the water at
exactly the right time. Then the scientists put the sugar
water in a room that w as brightly lit 24 hours a day. They
started putting the sugar water out at 8:00 p.m. It took the
bees a week to find it at the different hour, but from then on _
they came to eat in the evening instead o f in the morning
Later the scientists took the honeybees to New York.
The bees came for the food at the time their bodies told
them, only it was 3:00 p.m. N ew York time. Their bodies
were still on Paris time.
Humans, like other animals, have a biological clock
that tells us when to sleep and eat. It causes other changes
too. Blood p r e s s u r e is lower at night, the h e a r t b e a t is
slower, and the body tem perature is a little lower. We even
go through several levels o f sleep, cycles o f deep and light
sleep.
O ther e v e n ts occur in cycles too. M ore babies are born anything that
between midnight and dawn than at any other time happens
M ore natural deaths occur at night, but more heart a tta c k s
tide (n) [taid] : rimy trieu

go out (v) [gou aut] : di ra iiyorii
experim ent (n) [iks'pcrim cnt ] : tlu/c ngliiem
pressure (n) ['pre/o(r)] : rip snrir
heartbeat (n) [ 'h a :tb i:t] : u hip drip tim
199
SCIENCE
happen early in the mo w ing. Most deaths from diseases in

hospitals occur between midnight and 6 a.m. Some police
say there are more violent crimes and traffic accidents
when there is a full moorD
The honeybees in the experiment reset their biological
clock for different feeding hours. Humans do this too.
People who work at night learn to sleep during the day and
eat at night. Students who fly halfway across the world to
study in another country get used to the new time zone after
a few days. When they go home, they change back again.
Our bodies are controlled by a biological clock, but we can
learn to reset it at a different time.
H ow to Lessen J e t Lag make less, decrease

1. Try not to become exhausted before you leave.
Get plenty o f sleep and leave enough time to get to the
airport and check in without having to hurry.
2. Wear loose clothing, and take your shoes off loose * tight
while you are in your seat.
3. Walk around the plane and move around in your
seat.
4. Figure out breakfast time in the time zone you are
flying to. Four days before your flight, start a feast
(eating a lot) and fast (eating nothing or very little)
schedule. On the fourth day before you fly, eat three
heavy meals. If you drink coffee, tea, or cola drinks that
contain caffeine, have them only between 3:00 and 5:00
p.m. On the third day before your flight, eat very
lightly-salads, light soups, fruits, and juices. Again,
have drinks with cafTeine only between 3:00 and 5:00 p.m.
hear attack (n) [liio e'Uck] : con (lau tim

happen(v) ['hajpon] : xiiy ra
death (n) [dcO] : cdi d ie t
loose (adj) [lu:s] : i ong / long
c a ffe in e (n) [’k;cfi:in] : chat ca plie in
193
CAUSE AND EFFECT
On the next to the last day before you leave, feast again.
On the day before you leave, fast. If you are flying west,
drink caffeinated drinks in the morning; if you are going
east, drink them between 6:00 and 1 1.00 p. m.
5. On the day you leave, have your first meal at the
time people in the new time zone eat breakfast. If it is a
long flight, sleep on the plane until the new breakfast
time, and don't drink any alcohol. W hen you wake up,
have a big meal. Stay awake and active, and eat at the
new time zone hours.
A. V ocabulary
signal position pressure attack
alarm experim ents event j e t lag
tem perate migrate heartbeat fast
C ountries w i t h __________ clim ates have four different seasons.

2. A photovoltaic cell has to be in the r i g h t __________ for the sunlight to
enter.
3. A w edding is an important in anyone's life,
4. Students usually have to d o _______ in chem istry class.
5. Som e p e o p l e __________ for religious reasons.
6. W hen the f i r e __________ sounded, everyone left the building.
7. Doctors listen to a p e r s o n 's __________ through a stethoscope to see if
there are any irregularities.
8. High b l o o d __________ can cause a serious illness.
9. Pilots don't usually suffer f r o m __________ because they never stay in the
new time zone very long.
feast ( v ) [fi:s t] : d d i tiec, lien lioan

a lc o h o l (n ) [ ’ic lk e h D l] : coil
je t lag (n ) ['d 3 c t la jg ] : m et nidi, say m ay bay
season (n ) [ 's i: zn] : mt'ia
steth o sco p e (n ) ['stcO o sk o u p ] : ong nghe
ir re g u la rity (n ) [ i,r c g ju 'lic r it i] : klidng llieo quy lac
194
SCIENCE
B. Vocabulary
rhythm dawn temperate tides
feast lessens migrate signal
Pressure caffeine loose experience
1. Chocolate, tea, coffee, and cola drinks c o n ta in __________

2. The police officer gave a __________ for the cars to stop.
4. Some birds to a warmer climate in the winter.
The villagers prepared a to entertain the visiting government
officials.
5. There are high and low _ in the ocean twice a day.
6. The sun rises at
7. Rock music has a very strong
8 . __________is the opposite o f tight.
9. A spirin__________ the effects o f a headache.
stroke stand for tools senses
units project rolls waves
guess valuable mild surface
I. USSR the Union o f Soviet Socialist Republics.

2. A carpenter cannot work w ith o u t____
3. Water, light, and sound travel i n ____
4. You can often use the context t o __________ what a word means.
5. Dust on the___________ o f a photovoltaic cell makes it work inefficiently.
6. Hearing is one o f the f i v e _____________ .
7. A ball or other round o b j e c t _____________ .
8. This textbook has f i v e ______________.
9. The biosphere is a s p e c i a l __________ at the Environmental Research
Laboratory.
10. Diamonds are
tight (adj) [tail] : cliat clioi

valuable (adj) ['vicljuebl] : co gia ti i
carpenter (n) [’kcrpinte] : th o m o c
diamond (n) [’daiomond] : kim ciftmg
195
C A U S E A N D EFFEC T
D. T rue/F alse
_________ 1. J e t lag means your body is in one time zone but your
biological clock is in another.
_________ 2. Plants begin producing nutrients when the sun rises.
_________ 3. Plants in Iceland and Greenland can produce nutrients 24
hours a day during the summer.
_________ 4. A biological clock gives birds the signal that it is time to migrate.
_________ 5. A nim als that live near the sea search for food at night when it
is safer.
_________ 6. The honeybees in the experim ent reset their biological clock.
_________ 7. After a few days, the bees probably changed their biological
clock to N ew York time.
_________ 8. T he human biological clock affects many parts o f the body.
_________ 9. Hum ans cannot change their biological clock once it is set, but
bees can.
________ 10. You can decrease the effects o f je t lag.
E. C om p reh en sion Q uestions
1. What m akes desert plants produce seeds?

2. W hy do birds w ake at dawn?
3. How do honeybees know when a flow er opens?
4. W hy do they want to know when a flow er opens?
5. What is the time difference between N ew York and paris?
6. W hy should you w ear loose clothing on a long flight?
7. W hy should you have breakfast at breakfast time in the new time zone on
the day you leave?
F. Main Idea
Copy or w rite a sentence for the main idea o f these paragraphs.

1.4 (lines 17-26)
2. 9 (lines 55-59)
3 . 1 0 (lines 60-66)
4. 12 (lines 75-84)
safer (adj) ['scifne] : an loan lion
honey bee (n) ['hA nibi:] : ong m at
affect (v) [o'fekt] : anli lufong
flight (n) [fait] : cliuyen bay
196
S C IE N C E
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms: Adjectives
Both the -ing form o f the verb (the present participle) and the -ed form (the
past participle) are used a$_adjectives. The -ed form often shows that the
noun received the action, or it describes how a person feels. The -ing form
often shows some action that the noun took, or it describes an object or
possibly a person. However, there are many exceptions.
David was bored because the movie was boring.

Tom is interested in stamps. He thinks stamps are interesting.
Mary is an interesting person because she can talk about a lot o f
different things.
Put the right form o f each verb in the sentence.
1. (exhaust) Climbing a mountain i s _______ work.

2. (exhaust) Al was ,,/ after the soccer game.
3. (demand) Mr. Davis is a v e r y ________ _ teacher. He makes the students
work hard and do their best.
4. (alternate) There are two kinds o f electric current, direct a n d __________ .
5. (trap) T h e __________ animal couldn't escape.
6. (damage) A __________ car needs to be fixed.
7. (guess) Children like to p l a y __________ games.
8. (fascinate) Monopoly is a __________ game for some people.
9. (complicate) American football is a . game.
10. (terrify) Being in an airplane crash is a __________ experience.
climb (v) [klaim] : leo treo, treo

soccer (n) ['soke] : bong da
fix (v) [fiks] : si’fa chtfa
guess (n) [gcs] : sir pliong doan
197
B. C onnecting W ords
C onnect a sentence from the first colum n with one from the second column
using since, w h en , until, or even though.
<
_t1
1. M agm a is pressed down by heavier a. If finds a weak place to escape,
rock . b.lt was only 3:00 p.m. in New
2. It has been snowing. ' York.
3. Chris stopped drinking coffee in the c. It kept her awake
evening d. It becom es dusty.
4. Birds start singing. e. The sun went down.
5. A photovoltaic cell is efficient. f. The sun rises.
6. The bees were ready to eat.
C. Sequence
Put these sentences about the French experim ent in the right order.
__________ _a. The scientists took the bees to N e w York.

__________ _b. Some French scientists did an experiment.
__________ _c. They put the sugar water out at 8:00 p.m.
__________ _d. They put the sugar w ater out at 10:00 a.m. and noon.
__________ _e. The bees looked for food at 3:00 p.m. N ew York time.
__________ _f. The bees took a w eek to find the food at a different time.
__________ _g. The bees came every evening at 8:00 p.m.
D. Prepositions ,
1. If you have ever flown __________ several time zones, you have
experienced j e t lag.
2. You a r r i v e d __________ a new tim e zone, but your body vsas still living
__________ the old zone.
3. You were w ide awake and ready __________ dinner ________ __ the
m id d l e __________ the night.
press down (v) [pres daun] : de nang

dusty (n) ['dAsti] : s tf ban thiu
198
SCIENCE
4. Plants and animals are all , r hyt hm -_____ the natural

divisions time.
—5. /^ the temperate zones the earth, trees lose their
leaves__________ fall as the days grow shorter.
6. Plants________ the desert may appear d e a d ________ months or even years.
7. Some animals d e p e n d __________ the sea for their food.
8. Some insects wake t night.
9. Honeybees can t e l l ______ .. the position . the sun exactly
when their favorite flowers open.
10. They put r 1' ' sugar water every morning 10:00 and noon.
E. Word Forms: Semi -and Hemi-
Hemi- is a prefix that means half. Hem isphere is the most common
word with this prefix.
Semi-is a prefix that m eans half or partly. These are some common
words with this prefix:
semiconductor
semicolon (;)
semitransparent
semisolid (Toothpaste, ice cream , and asphalt are all semisolid.)
semifinal (in sports com petitions)
semifinalist
semitropical (Hawaii is semitropical, but it is not in the tropics.)
semiweekly (twice a week; some meetings are held semiweekly and some
magazines are published semiweekly)
semimonthly (twice a month)
semiyearly (twice a year)
semiprivate (a hospital room with two or three patients)
semisweet (some chocolate is semisweet.)
Use six o f these words in interesting sentence.
division (n) [di’vi3n] : sir plian chia
199
CAUSE AND EFFECT
F. Context Clues
1. After Isamu got hit in the nose with a baseball, his nose started to swell
a. get bigger b. smell c. alarm
2. Old Mr. Rossi's vision is getting bad, so he wears strong glasses,

a. health b. ability to see c. blood pressure
3. Doctors do not know how to cure the com m on cold

- a. make better b. do research on "c. protect
4. Maria's hair hangs down into her eyes. She keeps pushing it back off her
forehead.
a. the top part o f the face
b. the top o f the head
c. the part o f the face under the eyes
5. There are five patients waiting to see the doctor.
a. people w ho are very calm.
b. people w ho have a medical problem
c. people w ho are studying m edicine
swell (v) [swcl] : sidig ten

vision (n) [’vi3n] : kh d ndng nliiii
cure (v) [kjuo] : ci'fn chtfa
forehead (n) ['fo:rid, 'fo:hcd] :lrd n
patient (n) ['pci/nt] : benh nlian
2 00
M EDICINE AND Unit
HEALTH
V
Early to bed and early to rise makes a man healthy, wealth, and
wise
-Benjamin Franklin
202
HEADACHES
1
Some little man is inside your head, pounding your hammer
brain with a ham m er. Beside him, a rock musician is
playing a d r u m . Your head feels as if it is going to
explode. You have a h e a d ac h e and you think it will
never go away.
Doctors say there are several kinds o f head-aches.
Each kind begins in a different place and needs a
different treatment.
One kind starts in the arteries in the head The
arteries swell and send pain signals to the brain. Some o f get larger
these headaches start with a change in vision. The person

ability to see,
sees wavy lines, black dots, or bright spots in front o f the sight
eyes. This is a warning that a headache is coming. The
headache occurs on only one side o f the head. The vision
is blurred and the person may vomit from the pain.
These headaches, which are called migraine headaches,
are more frequent in women than in men. Sleep is the
best cure for them.
Cluster headaches, which also start in the arteries,
are called cluster headaches because they com e in
clusters or groups for two or three months. Then there
are no more for several months or even years. A cluster
headache lasts up to two hours and then goes away. At
the beginning o f the headache, the eyes are red and continuing
watery. There is a s te a d y pain in the head.
pounding (n) [’pondiri] : nen , go
artery (n) [’a.tori] : dong macli
pain (n) [pcin] : dan dan
blurred (adj) [bio:] : nhda, m a
vomit (v) [’vomit] : non mtfa, tuon ra
migraine (n) [’mi:grcin; 'maigrein] : cluing dan ntfa dau
cluster (n) ['klAsto] • diem ,dam
steady (adj) [’stcdi] deu dan
203
‘k ' k ' k ' k f t l r ' k ' k ' f t ' k C A U S E A N D EFFECT
When the pain finally goes away, the head is sore.

Men have more cluster headaches than women do. painful
The m uscle headache, which starts in the muscles
in the neck or f o r e h e a d , is caused by tension. A
person works too hard, is nervous about something, or
lias problems at work, at school, or at home. The neck
and head muscles become tense, and the headache fo r e h e a d
starts. A muscle headache usually starts in the

morning and gets worse as the hours pass. There is a
steady pain, pressure, and a bursting feeling. Usually
aspirin doesn't help a muscle headache very much.
About 40 percent o f all headaches start in the
head and neck muscles. Another 40 percent start in the
arteries.
How do doctors treat headaches? If a person has
frequent headaches, the doctor first has to decide
what kind they are. M edicine can help, but there are
other ways to treat them.
The doctor asks the patient to analyze his or her
daily living patterns. A change in diet or an increase
in exercise might stop the headaches. If the patient
realizes that difficulties at home, at work, or at
school are causing the tension, it might be possible to
make changes and decrease these problems.
Psychological problem s and even medicine for
another physical problem can cause headaches. The of the body
doctor has to discuss and analyze all these patterns o f
the patient's life. A headache can also be a signal o f a
more serious problem.
Everyone has headaches from time to time. If
they continue over several days, or keep r e c u r r i n g , occurring again
it is time to talk to a doctor. There is no magic cure
for headaches, but a doctor can help control most o f
them because o f recent research.
sore (adj) [so:] : dan

tension (n) [’tcn/n] : s ir c d n g th a n g
nerv o u s(a d j) ['no:\’0 s] : c d n g th a n g
aspirin (n) ['a_'spenn] : t l i h o c a s p ir in
re c u r(v ) [ri'ke:] : l a i d ie n
‘2 04
MEDICINE AN D HEALTH
A. Vocabulary
pounded swells blur migraine
clusters sore forehead aspirin
recur drums pain hammer
arteiy nervous vomit cures
1. __________means to happen again

2. If your arm i s __________ , it hurts. You have a _________ m your arm.
3. T h e __________is the top part o f the face.
4. People all over the world u s e __________ to make music.
5. _____________ helps some kinds o f headaches.
6. When we went to our friend's apartment, we knocked and then
_________ on the door, but no one answered.
7. One kind o f headache is called a __________ .
8. A is one kind o f tool.
9. When you put air in a bicycle tire, the tire until it fits the
wheel exactly.
10. After the TOEFL test, the students gathered in small to talk
about it.
11. Do you fe e l__________ when you have to take a test?
Vocabulary
ache warned blurred arteries
vision ham m er drum forehead
vomit ' cures physical swell
steady patients muscles tense
I. When you are sick and in pain, your stomach may protest and make you
2. The teacher the children that they had to behave or there

would be no party.
3. People in the hospital are called
hurt(v) [ h o t] : hi t Interng
wheel (n) [w i: I] : vo tang, bank \e
ache (n) [Icik] : su dan, si/ n hire
important (adj) [im ’pcctent] : (/nan frong
205
4. W hile Pat was sw im m ing she got w ater in her eyes. Everything looked
5. Students feel _ before an important exam,

6. Tension in the o f the neck can cause a headache.
7. _ _ _ t_ _ rain continued all night.
T he farmers were happy w hen a _______
8. carry blood from the heart to the rest o f the body.
9. Today there a r e __ ____ for m any diseases that used to kill people.
10. People with p o o r _ _____ w ear glasses or contact lenses.
11. You may get a s to m a c h __________ if you eat too much.
12. A c o m p l e te __________ e xam ination is necessary for anyone entering the
army.
C. V o c a b u l a r y R eview : A n t o n y m s
M atch the opposites.
1. fiction_________________________
___________________ a. point
2. scatter_________________________
___________________ b. import
3. a c tiv e _________________________
___________________ c. nonfiction
4. fact __________________________
___________________ d. unclear
5. obvious________________________
____________________ i e. m icroscope
6. l a s t ___________________________
___________________ f. run out
7. e x p o rt_________________________
___________________ g- gather
8. loose__________________________
___________________ h. increase
9. fast _______________________ 7 i. inactive
10. lessen ___________________ j. theory
k. feast
I. tight
D. M u ltip le C h o ice
1. W hen som eone sees black dots or w avy lines, this is a change in
a. blurring b. clusters • c. vision
blood (n) [blAd] : m an. Iiuyet

stom ach (n) [’stA m ok] -.d a d d y
nonfiction (n) [ , n o n ’fik/n] : sir (lure
206
MEDICINE A N D HEALTH
2. A migraine headache c a u s e s __________ .

a. blurred vision b. red and watery eyes c. a bursting feeling
3 . is the best cure for migraines.
r a. Sleep b. Aspirin c. Arteries
4 . have more o f the kind o f headache that leaves the head sore.
a. Women b. Men ’ c. Older people
5. A __________headache usually starts in the morning and gets worse.
a. migraine b. cluster c. muscle
6. Tension causes a __________ headache.
a. migraine b. cluster c. muscle
7. The muscle and t h e __________ headache are the most common.
a. migraine b. cluster c. warning
8. Medicine i s __________ headaches.
a. the best treatment for
b. not usually helpful for
c. one way to treat
9. A change in a patient's life patterns c a n __________ .
a. help cure headaches b. cause headaches c. both a and b.
E. Comprehension Q uestions
1. Describe a migraine headache.
2. Describe a cluster headache.
3. Describe a muscle headache. /
4. Which kind o f headache affects more w om en than men?
5. What are some things that can cause a muscle headache?
6. If you have a headache, will aspirin help? /
7. Why does a doctor analyze the life patterns o f a headache patient?
F. Main Idea
Write the main idea o f these paragraphs
1. 2 (lines 6-8) °
2. 3 (lines 9-20)
3. 8 (lines 49-60)
get worse (v) [get w e:s] : tr a n e n toi te

treatment (n) [’tri:tmont] : sit chain soc, dien tri
207
‘f r ' f r ' f r ‘k ' k ' k ‘k 'f t'k 'h CAUSE A N D EFFECT
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Form s
V erb N oun A d je c tiv e A dverb

1. press pressure
2. experim ent experim ent experimental experimentally
3. migrate migration
4. lessen least less
5. warn warning
6. pain pain painful painfully
painless painlessly
7. swell swelling swollen
8. recur recurrence
9. tense tension tense tensely
10. prove p ro o f proven
1. The o f heavy rocks on magm a causes the magma to escape

from a weak place in the earth's surface.
2. The first tests o f a nuclear bom b w e r e __________ .
3. Scientists study t h e __________ o f birds.
4. The pain o f some h e a d a c h e s __________ by aspirin.
5a. A fire alarm is a __________ to leave the building.
5b. A red l i g h t __________ people there is danger.
6. A broken arm i s __________ .
7. Dan hurt his hand and now it is________________ .
8. After the f i f t h __________ o f a bad headache, Mark went to a doctor
9. causes muscle headaches.
10. Scientists have definite _ _ _ _ _ _ that photovoltaic cells convert
sunlight directly into energy. T h i s __________ some \ e a r s ago.
proof (n) [pru:f] : bang cliimg

danger (n) ['dcindê] : s i/n g n y hiein
cause (v) [k j:z ] : gay ra
20 8
MEDICINE A N D HEALTH * * * * * * * * * *
B. Scanning
Scan the text to put these sentences in the right column. Write both the letter
of the sentence below and the number o f the line in the text where you find
the idea
Migraine Cluster M uscle

a. They come in groups.
b. It starts in the neck or forehead.
c. It is caused by tension.
d. There is a change in vision.
e. There may not be any for several years.
f. Aspirin doesn't help.
g. Sleep helps.
h. It occurs on only one side o f the head,
i It lasts for two hours or less.
j Problems at work can cause it.
C. Noun Substitutes
What do these words stand for?
1. page 203 line 2 him

2. line 4 it
3. line 14 This
4. line 20 them
5. line 21 which
6. page 204 line 32 which
7. line 49 his or her
8. line 65 them
last (v) [ la st] : keo dai

neck (n) [nek] : co
209
* * * * * * * * * * C A USE A N D EFFEC'
D. Articles
I . Beside h i m , __________ rock musician is p l a y i n g _______- drum.

2 Each kind begins i n __________ different place and needs ,
different treatment.
3. One kind starts i n __________ arteries i n ___________ head.
4. arteries swell and s e n d ___________ pain signals t o __________
head.
5. Some o f these headaches start with a change i n __________ vision.
6. ■ -V person s e e s __________ wavy l i n e s ,___________ black dots, or
__________ bright spots in front o f ___________ eyes
7. This is a w arning t h a t __________ headache is coming.
8. headache occurs on only one side o f ___________ head.
9. vision is blurred and 'r _____ person may vomit from
_____ v pain.
10 . sleep i s ___________ best cure for them.
E. V erb + A djective
These verbs are usually followed by an adjective: be, feel, becom e, seem,
act, appear, look, sm ell, taste.
She is sick. He appears tired.

She feels sick. He looks tired.
She becam e sick a week ago. It smells good.
He seem s tired. It tastes good.
He acts tired.
Use each verb in an interesting sentence.
m u s ic ia n (n ) [m ju :'z i/ n j : nhac cong

person (n ) [ ’p o :sn ] : ngifffi
w a rn ( v ) [w .rn ] : cdnli bao
best (a d j) [b e st] : lot nliat
210
MEDICINE AND HEALTH
F. Context Clues
1. Saudi Arabia has a great deal o f petroleum.
a. some v b. a lot o f c. too much
2. At times you can feel a rock musician pounding a drum in your head,
a. sometimes b. at a certain hour c. always
3. Tom always confuses Japanese people with Chinese since their physical
appearance can be similar.
a. signals ' b. mixes up c. introduces
4. Billy is five years old. Sometimes he wakes up in the middle o f the night
and cries. He has nightmares.
a. bad dreams b. drums c. alarm clocks
5. Love, hate, and anger are intense feelings.
a. strong y b. opposite c. mild
6. Children from ages thirteen to nineteen are adolescents.
a. young b. teenagers c. adults
7. Mary has a bad habit o f playing with her hair all the time.
a. something that bothers her

b. morning activity
c. something she does often
a great deal [ci, grcit di.l] : nliteu

confuse (v) [kon’fju:z] : lan Ion
nightmare (n) [’naitmco] : dc inong
intense feeling [in'tens 'fi:lir|] : cam giiic manli
habit (n) ['hivrbit] : tlioi c/itcn
211
SLEEP AND DREAMS A
"Oil sleep! it is a gentle thing.
Beloved from pole to pole."
Samuel Taylor Coleridge, a fam ous British poet,
wrote these words over a hundred years ago. Most
people would agree with him. Sleep is very important to
humans; the average person spends 220,000 hours o f a
lifetime sleeping. Until about thirty years ago, 110 one
knew much about sleep. Then doctors and scientists
began doing research in sleep laboratories. They have
learned a great deal by studying people as they sleep, a lot
but there is still much that they don't understand.

Scientists study the body characteristics that
change during sleep, such as body tem perature, brain taking air in and out of
waves, blood pressure, breathing and heartbeat. They the body
also study rapid eye m ovem ent (R EM ). These scientists
have learned that there is a kind o f sleep with REM and
another kind with no rapid eye m ovem ent (NREM ).
N R EM is divided into three stages. In stage one,
when you start to go to sleep, you have a pleasant
floating feeling. A sudden noise can wake you up. In
stage two, you are sleeping m ore deeply, and a noise
will probably not wake you. In stage three, which you
reach in less than 30 minutes, the brain w aves are less
active and stretched out. Then, within another half hour,
you reach REM sleep. This stage might last an hour and
during (adv) f'djuerir|] : trong snot

breath (n) [brcO] : hoi llio
stage (n) [stcid3] : gtai Joan
laboratory (n) [lo'boreteri] : th i ngliiein
rapid (adj) frajpid] : nhanli
deeply (adv) [di:pli] : sdu
212
a half and is the time when you dream. For the rest o f the
night, REM and N R EM alternate.
Body movement during sleep occurs just before the
REM stage. The average person moves about 30 times
during sleep each night.
Sleep is a biological need, but youc brain never
really sleeps. It is never actually blank. The things that
were on your mind during the day are still there at night.
They appear as dreams, which people have been
discussing for centuries. At times people believed that sometimes
dreams had magical powers or that they could tell the
future.
Sometimes dream s are terrifying, but they are
usually a collection o f scattered, confuscd thoughts. If mixed up
you dream about som ething that is worrying you, you
may wake up exhausted, sweating, and with a rapid
heartbeat. It is possible that dreams have a positive effect positive = negative
on our lives. It may be that during a dream the brain can
concentrate on a problem and look for different
solutions.
Researchers say that normal people may have four
of five REM periods o f dream ing a night. The first one lengths o f time
may begin only a h a lf hour after falling asleep. Each
period o f dreaming is a little longer, the last one lasting
up to an hour. Dreams also become more intense as the
night continues. N ightm ares usually occur toward dawn.
bad dreams
People dream in color, but many don't remember the
colors. Certain people control some o f their dreams.
They make sure they have a happy ending.
blank (adj) [bhvijk] : Hong l ong

sweat (v) [swct] : toat mo lioi
concentrate (v) [’konscntrcit] : tap ti ling vao
positive (adj) ['pozetiv] : licit cifc, lac quail
problem (n) ['problem ] : van tie
213
'k 'k 'k CAUSE AND EFFECT
M any people talk in their sleep, but it is usually just

confused h a lf sentences. T hey might feel em barrassed
when som eone tells them they were talking in their sleep,
but they probably didn't give aw ay any secrets.
Sleepw alking is most com m on am ong children. T hey
usually grow out o f it when they are a d o le sc en ts, leenagers
Children don't rem em ber that they were walking in their
sleep, and they don't usually wake up if the parent leads
them back to bed.
Som e people have the h a b it o f g rin d in g their teeth
while they sleep. They may wake up with a sore ja w or
a headache, and they can also damage their teeth.
Researchers don't know why people talk, walk, or grind
their teeth w hile they are asleep.
There are lots o f jo k es about snoring, but it isn’t really
funny. People s n o r e because they have trouble breathing
while they are asleep. Some snorers have a condition
called sleep a p n e a . They stop breathing up to 30 or 40
times an hour because the throat muscles relax too much
and block the airway. Then they breathe in some air and
start snoring. This is a dangerous condition because if the
brain is without oxygen for 4 minutes, there will be a|wavs forever
p e r m a n e n t brain damage. Sleep apnea can also cause
irregular heartbeats, a general lack o f energy, and high
blood pressure.
M ost people need from 7 12 to 8 I/2 hours o f sleep a
night, but this varies with individuals. Babies sleep 18
hours, and old people need less sleep than younger people.
If som eone continually sleeps longer than normal for no
a p p a r e n t re aso n , there m a y be s o m e th in g p h y s ic a lly o r adjective for appear
psychologically wrong.
s le e p w a lk in g (n ) [ ’s l i :p 'w ^ :k ir j] : m png chi

a d o le s c e n t (a d j) [,;c d o u 'lc s n t] : clung tuoi tlianli nien
g rin d ( v ) [g ra in d ] : lighten icing
snore ( v ) [s n o :] : ngdy
c o n d itio n ( n ) [k o n 'd i/ n ] : dien kien
p e rm an e n t (a d j) [ ’p o .m o n o n t] : vinl t \ i t ’ll
ap p arent (a d j) [o'p ajrcm t] : i d i dug. nliin tliriy
214
MEDICINE AND HEALTH
You cannot save hours o f sleep the way you save money
in the bank. If you have only 5 hours o f sleep for three
nights, you don’t need to sleep an extra 9 hours on the
weekend. And it doesn't do any good to sleep extra hours
ahead o f time when you know you will have to stay up late.
What should you do if you have trouble sleeping? Lots
of people take sleeping pills, but these are dangerous
because they are habit-forming. If you take them for several
weeks, it is hard to stop taking them.
Doctors say the best thing is to try to relax and to avoid
bad habits. If you always go to bed and get up at about the
same time, this sets a rhythm in your life. Caffeine keeps
people awake, so don't drink caffeine drinks in the evening.
Smoking and alcohol can also keep you awake. You may
have trouble sleeping if you have a heavy meal ju st before
you go to bed. Eat earlier in the evening.
You may also have trouble sleeping if you have a
problem or something else on your mind. This is when you
need to relax. As you lie in bed, tense the muscles in your
feet and then relax them. Continue up the body, tensing and
relaxing the muscles until you reach the head. Start with the
feet again if you are still tense. Then rem em ber some
pleasant experience you had and relive it. If you are thinking
about a problem or about something exciting that is going to
happen the next day, get up and write about it. That will help
take it o ff your mind. You can also get up and read or watch
television. Be sure to choose a book or show that is not too
exciting, or you may get so interested that you won't want to
go to sleep even when you feel sleepy.
Sleep is important to humans. We spend a third o f our
lives sleeping, so we need to under-stand everything we can
about sleep.
Sleep well! Sweet dreams!
(rouble (n) ['trAbl ] : In Icing j cic roi

sleeping pill (n) [ sli:r)pil] : tlutdc ngt’i
awake (adj) [e'weik] : tilth tdo
sleepy (adj) |'sli:pi] : biton nyt't
CAU SE A N D EFFE
V o c a b u la r y
stage periods normal habit
oxygen em barrassed confused positive
a great deal at times sweat concentrate
nightmare grinds snore block
It is hard to _ on your hom ew ork if your room m ate is playing

loud music.
2. It is n o t ______ __ to have a headache for a week. You should go to a doctor.
3. I n __________ one o f a volcanic eruption, the volcano sends out smoke,
4. A is a bad dream.
5. __________ , a headache begins without warning.
6. The school day is divided into s e v e r a l _________ , one for each class.
7. M a r c e l __________ coffee with a coffee grinder.
8. Sylvia has a _______ o f having a cup o f coffee as soon as she gets
home from work.
9. Hard exercise m akes you
10. A M ercedes-B enz car c o s t s ________ o f money.
I 1. Do y o u __________ when you sleep?
12. There is no reason to feel when you make a m istake in class.
confused positive intense adolescents
ja w s apnea apparently sweat
habit block perm anently breathe
Fish can underwater; people cannot.

2. The sum m er heat o f the Arabian Desert can be verv
dangerous if y o u ’re not careful.
3. N egative is the opposite o f __________ .
4. David was____________about the date, so he missed the meeting.
5. Som eone with sleep __________ stops breathing mans times during the
night.
6. An immigrant plans to stay in a new c o u n t r y __________
7. The professor seems to be \e ry b u s y .______ lie has a lot o f w ork to do
216
Me d i c i n e a n d h e a l t h * * * * * * * * * *
David w a s __________ about the date, so he missed the meeting.

. _________ are not children, but they ~-e not grown up either.
9. The teeth are in the upper and lo w e r __________ .
10. A car accident c a n __________ a highway.
C. V ocabulary Review
Match the words with the definitions.
1. melt________ a. middle
2. mid-________ b. distance across a circle
3. strip _______ c. fingerprint
4. c rops_______ d. reasonable
5. d ia m e te r ___ e. no moving parts
6. inexhaustible f. change from a solid to a liquid
7. solid-state__ g .c a n be seen through
8. s o u rc e _____ h. because
9. transparent _ i. long, thin piece
10.boundary j. place
11._s i n c e _____ k. happening
12. position 1. can't be used up
13.event m. place something comes from
n. border
o. any plants a farmer grows
D. T rue/F alse
T 1. We spend about a third o f our lives sleeping.
________ 2. Researchers now understand nearly everything about sleep.
________ 3. N R EM sleep comes before the REM stage.
________ 4. After the three stages o f NREM , REM lasts the rest o f the
night.
________ 5. Dreams occur during the REM stage, but the brain is normally
blank the rest o f the time.
period (n) ['pieried] : th&i ky

roommate (n) ['rummcit] : ban rung pliong
negative (adj) [’ncgetiv] : tie it ctfc, bi quan
miss (v) [mis] : nhd. Id
217
CAUSE AN D EFFECT
__________ 6.
A dream about an unhappy event can change your heartbeat
__________ 7.
N ightm ares occur early when dreams are short.
__________ 8.
People dream in color.
__________ 9.
Sleep apnea is the cause o f some snoring
__________ 10.
It is a good idea to sleep a few extra hours on the weekend if
you know you have a lot o f work to do the next week.
__________ 11. Five or six hours o f sleep is enough for some people.
__________ 12. The best thing to do w hen you have trouble sleeping is to
take sleeping pills.
E. C o m p r e h e n s i o n Q u e s tio n s
1. How have researchers learned about sleep?
2. What does REM m ean?
3. At what stage o f sleep do people m ove around?
4. How do dream s change as the sleep period continues9
5. W hy do people feel em barrassed if they talk in their sleep?
6. Can sleepwalking be dangerous? Give a reason for vour answer.
7. W hy do some people grind their teeth while they sleep?
8. How can sleep apnea cause brain dam age?
9. N am e three things that can keep you awake.
10. How does a problem keep you from sleeping?
F. M a in Id e a
Fin or write a sentence for the main idea o f these paragraphs.
1.3 (lines 22-32)

2. 5 (lines 36-43)
3. 7 (lines 53-60)
4. 13 (lines 95-101)
good id e a (a d j) [g u : a i'd io ] : y tucmg hay

e x tra (a d j) ['e k s tre ] : them van
e m b a rra ss ( v ) [lm 'b .c r o s ] : boi r o i, In lung
218
MEDICINE AND HEALTH
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms
1. (ab)normality / (ab)normal (ab)normally
normalcy
2. habit habitual habitually
3. concentrate, concentration
4. confuse confusion ✓ confused
5. intensity intense intensely
6. adolescence adolescent
7. breathe breath breathless breathlessly
breathing
8. permanence permanent permanently
9. loosen u looseness loose loosely
10. (dis)appear (dis)appearance apparent apparently
la.__________ , classes begin at 8, but there is a special meeting today.
lb. Sleep apnea is a n __________ .
2. The present tense is used f o r __________ actions.
3a. Great _ _ ______is necessary for the game o f chess.
3b. Most o f Australia's population i s __________ on the east coast.
4. There was a lot o f __________ about the new class schedule, but now it
is all cleared up and things are going smoothly. At first, the students
were __ _______ .
5. Susan feels everything v e r y __________ .
6. is a difficult time for young Americans and their parents.
7. Tom s p o k e __________ because he was so excited.
8. Nora married a Germ an and is going toe l iv e __________ in Germany.
9. C a r o l __________ her belt because it was too tight.
10. The plane got in an hour ago, but M ohamm ed hasn't c a ll e d .__________
he wasn't on it.
loose (v) [lu:s] : ilicl ,gidi thoat
schedule (n) [7cdju:l; 'skcd3ul] : thin kliod bieu
smoothly (adv) ['smu:iMi] : siion se
marry (v) [’m:cri] : ket lion
219
* * * * * * * * * * C A U S E A N D EFFECT
B. Scanning
Write short answers and the line num ber from the text for these questions.
1. In what stage o f NREM can a sudden noise wake you up0
2. W hy do people snore?
3. W hy is it a bad idea to take sleeping pills?
A. How many REM periods o f dream ing do normal people have9
5. W hat did some people use to believe about dream s?
6. W hat should you do if you can't sleep because you are thinking about an
exciting event the next day?
7. Is it possible to control dream s?
8. Can you save up on sleep ahead o f time?
9. How m any times a night does an average person m ove?
10. How m any hours a day do babies sleep?
C. C on necting W ords
C onnect a sentence from the first colum n with one in the second using these
words: before, after, although, and since.
1. people move in their sleep a. You go to bed.
2. Scientists don't know everything b. It isn't really funny,
about sleep. c. The REM stage begins.
3. We shouldn't laugh about snoring, d. This sets a rhythm in your life.
4. Don't eat a heavy meal. ( e. They have learned a lot in the last
5. G o to bed and get up at about the - 30 years,
sarrfe time.
6. T he REM stage begins. f. The N R EM stage begins.
D M issing W ords
W rite any word that is correct for the blanks.
1. Sleep is very i m p o r ta n t __________ humans; __________ average person

spends 220,000 hours o f _________ lifetime sleeping.
sudden (adj) ['sAdn] bat thinli linli

norm al (adj) ['n;>:mol] binh thuang
save up (v) [seiv Ap] ddnli durn
laugh (v) [la:t] ctfdi
220
2. Then doctors .■_____ scientists began doing re se a rc h ___________sleep

laboratories.
3. They have lea rn ed ________great deal studying people as they slept.
4. Scientists study _ _ _ _ _ body characteristics that c h a n g e _________ sleep.
5. NREM d iv id e d __________ three stages.
6 . You reach stage three __________ less __ ________ 30 minutes.
7. Sleep is o biological need, ________your brain never really sleeps.
8 . things that were -■ your mind during ■ day
are still there night.
9 . times people b e lie v ed ___________ dreams had magical powers
__________that they could tell h> future.
10 . is po ssib le ___________ dreams h a v e ___________positive effect
, our lives.
E. Context Clues
1. When you have a cold, you feel miserable.
a. very unhappy b. very reasonable c. very steady
2. Today there are remedies for diseases that people used to die from,
a. medicines b. cures c. aspirin
3. The teacher was busy, so Katsuko volunteered to help the new student
with her schedule.
a. did it without being asked
b. waited for the teacher to choose someone
c. avoided
4. What is the worth o f learning Japanese if you are never going to Japan?
a. occurrence b. value c. pain
5. Mr. Thomas sat reading the paper. M e an w h ile , his two children were
doing their homework.
a. unpleasant b. although c. at the same time
miserable (adj) [’maizerabl] : dan kho, bat liauli

remedy (n) ['rcmodi] : cach clufa tri
volunteer (v) [.volen'tie] : xung phong
to be worth of doing st : Jang lain cai gi
meanwhile (adv) [’mi:nwail] : trong klii
221
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
THE COMMON COLD
Your head aches and you sneeze and cough. Y our nose
is all stuffed up, and it keeps running, so you have to blow
it every few minutes. You know by these sym ptom s that
you have a cold, and you feel completely m i s e r a b l e . vcry unhappy
You're not sure if you will live through the day.
Everyone suffers from the comm on cold at some time or
other. It isn't a serious illness, but over a billion dollars a
year is spent on different kinds o f cold medicine every
year. This m edicine can relieve the symptoms. That is, it
can make you cough less, make your headache less intense,
and stop your nose running for a while. However, it c a n ’t
cure your cold. So far. there is no cure for the com m on cold
and no m edicine to prevent it.
Even though there is no cure or preventive m edicine for
colds, people have all kinds o f ideas about how to prevent
and treat colds. Some people think that if you eat lots o f
onions, you won't catch cold. Others say that you should
avoid getting wet and chilled or you will catch cold. cold
However, this is apparently not so. In an experim ent in
England, a group o f volunteers took a bath, put on cold wet
clothing, and stood in cold rooms. Others stood outside in a
cold rain until they were wet through to the skin. The
researchers didn't find any connection between being wet
and chilly and catching a cold.
s n e e z e (n ) [s m :7 ] : hat hoi
co u g h (n ) [k D f] : tieng ho
s ym p to m (n ) ['s im p te m ] : trieu tiifng
re lie v e ( v ) [ n 'l i . v ] : luin din di
o n io n ( n ) [ ’A n io n ] : c iih d n h
ca tc h ( v ) [kxif } : nliicm benli
co n n e c tio n (n ) [k n 'n e k / n ] : sit ket noi
222
Dr. Linus Pauling, winner o f the 1954 Nobel prize for

chemistry, did experiments with vitamin C. He says his
experiments prove that if you take I to 2 grams a day o f
vitamin C, it will prevent colds. Other researchers have
tested this theory for years. They have not been able to find
that large amounts o f vitamin C have any effect on colds.
Meanwhile, millions o f dollars are spent on vitamin C at the same time
every year. This money is possibly all wasted.
Colds are causcd by a virus. Viruses are even smaller than
bacteria, and they cause different kinds o f diseases. So far,
scientists have found over 2 0 0 kinds o f viruses that cause
colds. Some diseases can be prevented by a vaccine. This
liquid is injected into the arm and the person is safe from
catching that disease. However, it is probably impossible to
develop a vaccine that could work against 2 0 0 different
viruses. Certainly no one would want to have 200 different
shots, one for each cold virus, even if they were available.
One problem with the common cold is that the
symptoms are very similar to the symptoms o f influenza, or
flu for short. Influenza is a much more serious disease,
especially for pregnant women, people over 65, and
people already suffering from another disease, such as a
heart problem. Even doctors cannot always tell the
difference between the symptoms without doing laboratory
tests. One difference between colds and flu is fever. A
person with a cold does not have a high body temperature,
but about half o f all flu patients do.
A similarity betw een colds and flu is that they ar.' both
contagious. One person catches a cold or the flu from
another person; they d o n ’t begin inside the body as heart
disease does.
vaccine (n) [’v<vksi:n] : vac xin

inject (v) [in’cPckt] : licm
influenza (n) [.mflu’enzo] : bcnli cum
pregnant (adj) [’prcgntmt] : co dura
contagious (adj) [kon’tcitUos] : lay lau
223
* * * * * * * * * * C A U S E A N D EF F EC T
Researchers continue searching for a way to cure or

prevent colds. Since colds and flu are closely related at the same
time
diseases, scientists hope that if they find a cure for one. it
will also have an effect on the other.
Doctors don't know what causes colds, but they are
beginning to learn how they spread. When scientists
discovered in the 1950s that viruses cause colds, it seemed
logical to believe that they were spread when people
sneezed and coughed. They believed that the explosive
cough or sneeze sent the viruses shooting out into the air
and then entering the mouth or nose o f anyone nearby.
However, research shows that this is not true. Most cold
viruses are spread through the hands. W hen you have a
cold and blow your nose, you get viruses on your hands.
Then you touch another person's hand, and when that
person touches his or her mouth, nose, or eyes, the virus
enters the body. It isn't even necessary to touch the person
directly. Cold viruses spread when room m ates or mem bers
o f a family touch the same dishes, towels, and furniture.
You can even pick up a virus w hen you touch the
d o o r k n o b on your classroom door, or when you touch
things in public buildings.
It seems com pletely illogical, but kissing apparently
doesn't spread colds. In one study, volunteers with a cold
kissed volunteers without a cold. Only 8 percent without a
cold caught one.
How can you use all this information for your own good
health? Students are in close contact in the classroom,
the cafeteria or dining room, and dormitories or apartments
spread (v) [spred] : Ian n a n

shooting into (v) [7u:tir] 'intu] : bail vao khdny klii
furniture (n) ['fo:nit_fo] : do due
doorknob (n) [’do:nob] : ninn van ctta n o n
contact (v) [’kontiekt] : lien lie
224
When someone you know catches a cold, try to avoid physical

contact with that person. If you catch a cold yourself, keep
your towel and dishes separate from everyone else's. Try not
to touch things that belong to 'o th e r s . Don't touch other
people, and don't shake hands. Explain why, however, you
don't want people to think you are impolite. Wash your hands
often if you have a cold or if anyone around y o u h a s one.
Colds are miserable. It is worth the trouble(to tryjto avoid
catchjng them or giving them to others.
A. Vocabulary
cough prizes polite stuffed
meanwhile contagious sneeze miserable
chilled vitamin vaccines influenza
1. is more serious than a cold.
2. When you have a cold, y o u __________ a n d ___________
3. A pillow i s __________ with feathers, cotton, or polyester.
4. Some people like to have their fruit __________ instead o f at room
temperature.
5. Sweden gives N o b e l __________ every year to people who have created
great things.
6 . When you have a headache, you probably f e e l __________
7. Babies should receive __________ to prevent common childhood
diseases. Then they won't catch t h e s e __________ diseases.
8 . Roald Am undsen reached the South Pole and began the journey back to
his s h i p __________ , Captain Scott and his men were trapped in their tent
by blizzards.
9. In most countries, it is __________ to shake hands when you meet
someone.
impolite (adj) [.impo'lait] : m at licit stf

prize (n) [praiz] : guii t hitting
polite (adj) [pe'lait] : licit stf
stuff (v) ['stA f,o:] : nltoi 11liet
childhood (n) [’t/aildhud] : tlicfi m en thieu
225
'k 'k 'f r 'f r k 'k 'k 'k 'k 'k C A U SE a n d k f f k c t
B. V o c a b u la ry
fever contact vitamins s\m ptom s
relieve volunteer viruses injected
pregnant worth contagious doorknob
I . You have to turn t h e ____________ to open a door.

2. When your temperature is above normal, you have a ____________
3. There is no p h y s ic a l____________ in tennis. T he plavers don't touch each
other while they play.
4. Ms. Davis is She is going to have a baby in May.
5. How much is gold _ _____ today?
6 Colds arc caused by
.
7. A vaccine is usually into the arm.

8 . Aspirin c a n ________ some headaches.
9. What arc the _ o f a cold? I low do you know you have one?
1 0 . Thousands o f people_ _______to work for the Red C ross w ithout pay.
C. V ocabulary' R eview
raw materials attacked dawn tide
hammer drumm er record pounded
swell arteries forehead recurring
Blood is carried from the heart through the
2. If you hit your thum b with a , the thum b will p r o b a b l y _____ up.
->
Som etimes the sky is beautiful at
4. Tom got hit in t h e __________ with the ball.
5. The a r m y __________ at dawn to surprise the e n e m \ .
6 . Rita has a __________ pain in the stomach. It com es and goes
7. The waves move higher up on the beach as the __________ c o m e s in.
8 . Iron and cotton a r e __________ .
9. Dan on the table to get everyone's attention.
10 Evers rock music band has a
. 1 lie governm ent keeps a ____ o f the birth o f e \ e r \ c h i l d .
fev e r(n ) [ ’f i: v e ] . con sot

raw material (n) [,r.T :m e 'tio rio l] : n g u y c n lien i h d
thum b (n) [ OAm] : n g o n la y
enem y (n) [ ’c n im i] : ke 11in
arm y (n) f ’a : m i l :q m in cldi
226
MEDICINE A N D HEALTH ♦ “fr ♦ ★ 'ft
D. Multiple Choice
I . Coughing and sneezing are o f a cold.
a. miserable b. stuffs c. symptoms
2. Cold medicine cold.
a. can cure
b. can relieve the symptoms o f
c. can prevent
3. An experiment in England showed t h a t __________ .
a. getting chilled probably causes colds
b. keeping warm and dry probably prevents colds
c. getting chilled probably doesn't cause a cold
4. Which one o f these sentences is not true?
a. Researchers have shown that vitamin C can prevent colds.
b. Dr. Linus Pauling's research shows that vitamin C prevents colds
c. People take vitamin C because they believe it prevents colds.
5. prevent colds.
a. There is no vaccine to
b. There will probably be a vaccine in the future to
c. You can have a vaccine injected into your arm to
6. Most colds s p r e a d __________ .
a. by hand contact
b. when people cough and sneeze
c. through kissing
7. The best way to avoid getting colds is t o _________ _.
a. avoid touching people who have colds or the objects they use
b. avoid getting chilled or wet
c. avoid standing near people who have a cold
show (v) [Jou] : clio llid'y

colds (n) [kould] : cam Ianh
227
1. Nam e the sym ptom s o f a cold

2 What does cold medicine do for a cold?
3. Is it worth the expense to take vitamin C?
4. Why isn't it likely that someone will develop a cold vaccine?
5. How do colds spread?
6. Do you think you should or should not shake hands with som eone who
has a cold? W hy?
7. Why can't a doctor tell if a person has a cold or the flu?
F. Main Idea
What is the main idea o f these paragraphs?
1. 2 (lines 7-16)
2. 4 (lines 30-39)
3. 5 (lines 40-5 1)
4. 6 (lines 52-63).
228
MEDICINE A N D HEALTH 'k 'k 'k 'f r k 'k 'k 'f t 'k 'k
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms

1. (im)politeness - (im)polite (im)politely
2. stuff stuff
stuffing
3. relieve relief relieved
4. volunteer volunteer (in)voluntary (in)voluntarily
5. inject injection
6. pregnancy pregnant
7. contagion contagious contagiously
8 . lengthen length long
9. reason reason (un)reasonable (un)reasonably
1. The idea o f __________ is different from one country to another.

2a. A pillow got torn, and t h e __________ started coming out.
2b. Most pillows a r e __________ with feathers or polyester.
3. Mary felt __________ when she found out her daughter had arrived
safely at her grandparent's place.
4. Mark did not go into the a r m y __________ He went because it is the law
that all young men must serve in the army.
5. Children don't like to h a v e __________ .
6. A h u m a n __________ lasts 9 months.
7. Heart trouble is n o t __________ .
8. In spring, the days start t o __________ .
9. Mehdi was very angry. We tried t o __________ with him, but he was
c om pletely____________ and wouldn't listen at all.
lengthen (v) ['lcr| 0 en] : keo clai

feather (n) ['fede] : long
pillow (n) ['pilou] : cat goi
serve (v) [se:v] : plutc vn
229
* * * * * * * * * * C A U S E A N D EFFECT
B. C a u s e a n d Effect
Write the effect for each o f these causes.
Cause Effect
1. A cold virus enters the body.
2. People take cold medicine.
3. People take vitamin C.
4. A vaccine is injected into the body.
5. A person with a cold touches a doorknob.
C. T w o - W o r d V e rb s
grow out o f - A child stops doing or feeling som ething as she or lie
grows older,
get out o f - avoid doing
' show up - appear, arrive
put o f f - delay
read up on - get facts and information on a subject by reading
1. Hiroko always tries t o __________ talking in front o f the class because

she doesn't like to do it.
2. Tom had planned to go to the shopping center toda>, but h e __________ it
__________ until the weekend because he's so b u s y
3. C h i l d r e n __________ sleepwalking w hen they become adolescents.
4. Marge is going t o __________ photovoltaic cells because she wants to
k n o w m o re about them .
5. Bob d i d n 't __________ for the party until almost midnight
D. Articles
1. E v e r y o n e su ffe rs f r o m _____________ co m m o n co ld at som e tim e o r other.
2- It isn't _____________ serio us illn e s s, but o v e r _____________ b illio n dollars

__________ year is spent on -_______cold medicine.
3. people have all kinds o f ___________ ideas about how to cure
and p r e v e n t __________ colds.
230
MEDICINE A N D HEALTH 'k 'k 'k 'k f t f r k 'k 'f t 'k
4. I n __________ experiment in - ______ England, , . group o f

__________ volunteers took r. bath, put o n ______ , cold wet
clothing, and stood in cold rooms.
5. others stood oUTside i n _____ . cold rain until they were
wet through to / skin.
6 . researchers didn't find any connection between being wet and
chilly and c a tc h in g __________ cold.
7. Dr. Linus Pauling, winner o f _ _ _ _ _ 1954 Nobel prize for
______chemistry, d i d ______
■ experiments with ______ vitamin C .
E. Context Clues
1. Adults should never s tr ik e children, even when the children misbehave,
^ a. hit b. help c. block
2. Alice couldn't swim very well, but she swam way out into the middle o f a
lake. She was too tired to swim back to shore, and her head kept going
under the water. Finally, she drowned. /r
a. rested x b. died in the water c. concentrated
3. How do you think your parents will react when you tell them you are
going to marry som eone from another country?
1 a. act in response to a situation
b. start doing some activity
c. act again
4. Paul has a new car and so do I.
a. I am too. b. I do too. c. I think it is true.
5. A photovoltaic cell cannot function efficiently if it has dust on it.

a. breathe b. confuse c. work
6 . Take this umbrella with you in case you need it.

v a. if maybe b. such as c. at times
strike (v) [straik] : ddnli

drown (v) [draun] : chcl duoi
react (v) [ri:'a_'kt] : plidn tfng vcfi
function (n) [’fArjk/n] : hoot dong, vein lianli
in case (adv) : trong Infdng Inrp
231
i t ' k I r k ‘h ' h f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t
CPR 4
CPR stands for cardiopulm onary resuscitation.
C ardio is a medical word for heart. P ulm onary is a
m edical word for lungs. R esuscitate means to bring
b a ck to life. CPR starts som eone's lungs and heart
functioning again after they have stopped.
It is an amazing idea that there is a cure for sudden
death. It is equally amazing that this magic is not done
by today's high technology Any ordinary person can do
it. You use your own lungs to breathe into the patient's
m outh and start his or her lungs working. You push on
the heart with your hands to make it start beating again.
It is as easy as that.
The heart is a large muscle that pum ps blood
through the arteries, it is located in the center o f the
chest behind the breastbone. T he lungs are at either
side o f the heart. Air enters the nose and mouth and
m oves through the airway to the lungs, bringing oxygen
into the body. As the blood m oves through the lungs, it
picks up the oxygen and carries it to the cells
throughout the body. At the sam e time that the blood
picks up the oxygen, it leaves carbon dioxide as a waste
material and the lungs breathe it out through the airway.
W hen the heart stops beating, or a person stops
breathing, this whole process stops. N o oxygen is taken
into the body, and the blood doesn't move through the
arteries. CPR can start the process m oving again.
cardio (adj) ['ka:dio] : thiioc ve tim

resuscitate (v) [ri'sAsitcit] : lam tinli lai
pulm onary (adj) [’pAlm enori] : thiioc ve phot
lungs (n) [lAn] : p l(° ‘
beat (v) [bi t] : clap
pum p (v) [pAmp] : bam
chest (n) [t/cst] : ngifc
breastbone (n) [’brcstboun] : xtfcrng uc
232
MEDICINE A N D HEALTH f t f t f t ft f t f t f t f t f t f t
There are several situations where CPR is needed. It can

be used when a person has a heart attack and the heart stops.
A heart attack occurs when the heart cannot get enough
oxygen. This usually happens because one o f the two arteries
to the heart has become narrow or completely blocked. The
heart muscle cells that are supplied with oxygen by that
artery die because they stop receiving oxygen.
One o f the symptoms o f a heart attack is a feeling o f
pressure and tightness or aching in the center o f the chest. It
lasts longer than two minutes, and it may come and go. The
person having a heart attack may also start sweating, feel
weak, be short o f breath, and feel like vomiting. However,
there may be no symptoms at all; the heart may stop
suddenly, and the person stops breathing. If CPR is started
immediately, it may bring the person back to life.
Electric shock is another situation where CPR can be
used. If enough electricity enters the body, the person dies
immediately. CPR can resuscitate the person. An electric
shock usually happens to someone who has been working
carelessly with electricity. It can also be caused if lightning
strikes a person.
A third situation is d row n ing, or dying in water, which
happens most often in the summ er when many people go
swimming. Children can also drown when they are left alone
near a swimming pool. A person trained in CPR can help a
person start to breathe after clearing the water out o f the
airway.
These are the three most common causes o f sudden
death when CPR can be used. There are others less common.
whole (adv) [houl] : loan bo

block (v) [bbk] : ket
receive (v) [n'si.v] : nhan
electric shock (n) [l'lcktrik/cxk ] : soc dien
233
Someone in a burning building may breathe

in too much smoke and not get any oxygen into the lungs.
Some people have an intense reaction to certain drugs or
to the sting o f a bee or some other insect, and the heart
and lungs stop functioning.
CPR is an example o f first aid. An ordinary person ^
can take a first aid class and learn what to do until the
patient receives professional help. This might mean
helping someone until an am bulance comes. Then
professionals can use their equipment to take charge o f the
patient. Or it might mean giving first aid and then taking
the patient to a doctor. CPR can keep a person alive until
he or she reaches a hospital.
When you give. CPR, you breathe directly into the
patient's mouth. Then you press on the heart in the center
o f the chest. You continue alternating these two actions.
CPR is easy to learn, but you shouldn't learn it from a
book. You should receive instruction in a class where you
can practice in front o f the teacher until you do it
correctly. As you know, if the brain is without oxygen for
four minutes, there will be permanent brain damage. It is
necessary to start CPR immediately when a person stops
breathing, or as soon as possible. You have to know how
to do it quickly and well.
If someone in your family has heart trouble, if you go
swimming a lot, or if you plan to work with electricity,
you should learn CPR. In fact, everyone should learn it, in
case they ever need it.
Where can you leam it? The Red Cross has CPR
classes, many hospitals teach it, and so do some university
student health centers. If there are no classes where you live,
ask the Red Cross or a nearby hospital to organize a class.
CPR is worth learning. It can give you the ch a n c e to
save someone's life.
p r o c e s s (n) ['prouses] : q u a Irinli

sm oke (n ) [s m o u k ] : klmi
drug (n ) [drAg] : tluioc
sting (n) [stir]] : nydi, line
am b u la n ce (n ) ['ie m b ju le n s ] : xe cap aiit. cini llndrny
instruction (n ) [ m ’s t r A k / n ] : stf h if a n y il d n
234
MEDICINE AND HEALTH
A. V ocabulary
resuscitation located pump strike
sting first aid react lung
breastbone process drown function
1. The heart is directly behind t h e __________ .

2. Village people often have to _ _ _ _ _ water by hand.
3. Volcanoes a r e __________ in chains and clusters.
4. Hail and snow are formed by a s im ila r__________ .
5. A b e e __________ is painful. v
6. T h e __________ o f the heart is to pump blood through the arteries.
7. Children should wear a life preserver when they are around water so they
can't_________ .
8 . Anyone can learn to g iv e __________You don’t have to be a doctor or nurse.
9. The R in CRP stands for ____ .
B. Vocabulary
chest so in case shock
lungs breastbone process ambulance
take charge strike reaction drown
1. T h e __________are in the chest a n d ___________ is the heart.

2. In baseball, if a player tries to hit the ball and misses it, it is called a
even though he didn't hit the ball.
3. An electric__________ can kill a person.
4. A n __________in used to take patients to a hospital.
5. A stro n g __________ to a drug can kill a person.
6 . Edward volunteered to ________ _ o f arranging food for the party.
7. Handwriting analysis is a __________ o f studying handwriting in order to
understand the person who wrote it.
8 . You cannot save up sleep ahead o f t i m e __________ you need it later.
first aid (n) [To:st'cid] : so cap cihi

preserve (v) [pri'zeiv] : yitf gin
preserver (n) [pri'ztvv] : nyiroi bao qndn
arrange (v) [<Vrcindt3] : sap xcp, ho iri
235
C. V o c a b u la r y Review: S y n o n y m s
Match the words that mean the same
1. Worth _________________________ a a lot

2 . m ise ra b le _ b. blur
3. contagious c. teenager
4. a great deal d. catching
5. at times e vision
6 . n ig h tm a r e __ f. forever
7. confused __ g. value
8 . adolescent__ h. location
9. permanently i. painful
1 0 . sore ______ j.u n h a p p y
1 1 . dawn _____ k. sometim es
1 2 . position __ I. sunrise
m. mixed up
n. bad dream
D. T ru e /F a ls e /N o I n f o r m a tio n
__________ 1. Resuscitation is a medical word.
__________ 2. Sudden death can be cured only by using today's technology.
__________ 3. The arteries take carbon dioxide out o f the lungs.
__________ 4. Carbon dioxide enters the lungs through the airways.
__________ 5. CPR can be used in cases o f drowning.
__________ 6. CPR can help a person with sleep apnea.
__________ 7. A comm on situation when CPR is needed is w ith a reaction to
an insect sting.
__________ 8 . First aid is an example o f CPR.
__________ 9. Everyone should get a book about CPR and learn how to do it.
__________ 10. You should call an am bulance before \ o u start CPR.
forever (adv) [fo'reve] : inai inai, vd tan, bat tun

airway (n) [’cowei] : difong hang kliong
236
MEDICINE A N D HEALTH ftftftftft f tf tf tftft
E. Comprehension Questions
1. What is the function o f the lungs?

2. What are the symptoms o f a heart attack?
3. What are the three most common situations where CPR is needed?
4. What is first aid?
5. How can CPR prevent brain damage?
6. What professionals work with patients?
F. Main Idea
1. 2 (lines 7-14)
2. 11 (lines 82-85)
3. 12 (lines 86-94)
237
f t f t f t ftft f tf tf tf t ft
WORD STUDY
A. W ord Study
1 . resuscitate resuscitation
2 . locate location
3. react reaction
4. drown drow ning
5. similarity (dis)similar (dis)similarly
6 . relate relation(ship) relative relatively
relative (un)relatcd
7. medicate m edicine medical medically
8 . die death dead
9. light lightning light
lighten
1 0 . tighten tightness tight tightly
I. With CPR, you may be able to _ someone
2a. The newspaper gave the time and o f the universitv entrance exam.
2b. The Chemistry Building i s _____ next to the Physics Building.
3a. How would y o u _______ _______if you saw someone drowning?
3b. There are machines to test y o u r __________ time when >ou are driving.
4. There were two cases o f __________ at the beach near our home last year.
5. What is t h e __________ betw een snow and hail?
6 a. What is t h e _________between changes in the family and population growth?
6 b. Population growth in industrial countries i s __________ slow.
6 c. Munir i s __________ to the M inister o f Education.
7. Jane wants to go t o __________ college and become a doctor.
8. A heart attack doesn't alw ays c a u s e __________ .
9. Before it started to rain, there was a lot o f thunder a n d ______ .
10. The little boy h e l d __________ to his father's hand
re late ( v ) [r i'lc it ] : lien (/nan

lig h te n (v ) [ ’la itn ] : lam d ia l lai
m a c h in e (n ) [m o'/i:n] : m ay m oc
g ro w th (n ) [g ro u O ] : stf lany n if(iny
238
m edicine a n d h e a l t h ftftft ftftftftft ft ft
B. Compound Words and T w o - Word Verbs

Make a compound word by joining a word from the first column with one
from the second column. More than one answer is correct for several o f the
words. Some o f these are also written separately as two-word verbs.
1 . break a. in
2 . stand b. down
3. work c. work
4. check d. mate
5. sun e. rise
6 . home f. night
7. sleep K- by
8 . out h. grow
9. life i. walk
1 0 . over j. way
1 1 . air k. time
1 2 . room l.out
C. Summarizing
Write a summary o f the text for this lesson. Write only the important
information using three to five sentences.
D. Prepositions and T w o-W ord Verbs
1. Some children are afraid o f the dark, but they g r o w --------------------------- it

2. CPR s ta n d s __________ cardiopulm onary resuscitation.
3. CPR is a method __________ starting someone's lungs and heart again
__________they have stopped.
4. It is an amazing idea that there is a c u r e __________ sudden death.
5. You should take a c l a s s __________ CPR. Don't put i t ___________
6. No oxygen is taken __________ the body, and the blood doesn t move
the arteries.
239
'k 'k 'k 'k f t f r 'k 'k 'k 'k CAUSE AND EFFECT
7 O n e ____________the s y m p to m s ____________a heart attack is a feeling

___________ pressure and tightness or a c h i n g ____________the center
___________ the chest.
8 CPR may bring the person b a c k __________ life.
9. Then professionals can take c h a r g e __________ the patient.
10. Some people have an intense r e a c tio n __________ the s t i n g ___________
a bee.
E. Context Clues
1. A student with short purple hair walked into the classroom. Everyone
s ta r e d at her.
a. talked b. swelled c. looked intensely
2. I like your new shirt. It’s very attractive.

a. pretty b. large c. perm anent
3. That young man looks familiar. I think he attended my high school

a. like a m em ber o f a family
b. like som eone I know
c. like a relative o f mine
4. Paulo was confident that he could save someone's life after he took a
CPR class.
a. sure b. process c. volunteer
purple (adj) [’po:pl] : tim . m an tint

stare at (v) [stca] : iiliin chain chain
attractive (adj) [e'tra:ktiv] : hap dan. tlni lint
familiar (adj) [fe'milje] : qncn tliuoc
confident (adj) [’konfidont] : tif fi n
240
f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t 'f i
BLUSHING AND
SHYNESS
How do you feel when you realize you just gave a
stupid answer in class? Or how would you feel if you
were in the cafeteria, you dropped your dishes, and
everyone s ta re d at you when they heard the loud crash? looked intensely
You would feel embarrassed. When you are
embarrassed, you want to sink through the floor so no
one can see you.
If you are really unlucky, you also blush. Your face
gets red as a beet, and you can't do anything about it. It
seems to stay red forever. People stare at you even more,
and you feel even more embarrassed.
Why do people blush? Not much research has been
done on it. Psychologists say that people o f all skin
colors blush. Women blush more than men, and young
people blush more than older people. Some people blush
only a few seconds, but the blush can appear and
disappear for five or ten minutes in other people. Usually
only the face or upper part o f the body blushes.
Blushing is related to general anxiety, when people
feel worried and nervous about what is going to happen.
Shy people blush because they are always worried about
what others think o f them. They don't have any
confidence in themselves.
Shy people are anxious about themselves all the
time. They can't think about other people's feelings very
much because they are too worried about themselves and
stupid (a) ['stju:pid] : ngu xuan

blush (adj) [blA/] : xau lid
anxiety (n) [icri'zaioti] : stf lo long
v. orry (adj) ['wAri] : ban klioan
nervous (adj) ['ne:vas] : cany thang
241
* * * * * * * * * * C A U S E A N D EFFECT
what others are thinking about them. They think other

people are more intelligent and can do everything better.
They think other people are more a tt r a c t iv e and more pretty, handsome
popular. They believe others have more knowledge
They become very shy if they have to deal with people
from a different social class, or if they have to work with
more intelligent or more skilled people. Shy people get
very anxious when they don't know how to act in
situations that other people think are just ordinary'. They
feel inferior and want to get o u t o f the situation. avoid, not do
Everything that shy people do with other people is
difficult for them. Tw o researchers asked hundreds o f
men and women what made them most anxious. They
said going to a party with strangers was the worst. That
was even worse than having to give a speech or have an
interview for a new job. They also felt unhappy when
people asked them p e rs o n a l questions in public or when about themselves
they talked to someone in a superior position. Young
people were anxious when they met the parents o f a date.
The first day on a new jo b was also hard for shy people.
Shy people behave differently from more confident
people. They don’t want to complain about bad service in
a store or restaurant. They don’t make suggestions or
volunteer to do things. They avoid social gatherings.
They usually speak in a low voice.
Some shy people have physical reactions when they
have to face one o f these situations. Their hands get cold
and moist or shaky, their mouth gets dry, they break out
in a cold sweat, and their heart beats faster. They might feel like vomiting
have "butterflies" in their stomach, or feel n a u sea ted .
p op ular (a d j) ['p o p ju le ] : p h o bien

an xiou s (a d j) ['a_‘r|k / e s] : In ail, ay nay
get out o f st ( v ) [g et 'aut e v ] : n on ti anli
w o rst (a d j) [w o :s t] : lot te nliat
sug g estio n (n ) [s o 'd ^ c s t/ o n ] : stf gen y
nauseate (a d j) [ ’n o :s ic it] : buon non
242
MEDICINE A N D HEALTH ♦ f t ft ftftftftft ft ft
There arc three theories about why people are shy.

One theory says that a person inherits shyness from the
parents, that is, the person is bom with this personality
characteristic because the parents were shy. Another
theory is that shy people never learned how to act with
other people because no one ever taught them social
skills. The third theory says that shy people learned to be
shy when they were children because their parents didn't
encourage them to be more confident. The parents
probably comforted them and gave them extra attention
when they acted shy, so the children learned that being
shy was a good way to get extra love and attention. Now
researchers say that apparently all three theories are true.
A study at Harvard University showed that even babies
some infants acted shy when they were faced with
something new and strange. They became silent and their
heartbeat changed. Other infants were not afraid when ,
r .• , j . - . • strange, unknown
faced with something u n f a m i l i a r , and their heartbeat
didn't change. They appeared to have more confidence.
fhis seems to prove that some o f these infants inherited
shyness; they didn't learn it.
These children were observed again when they were
in kindergarten. N one o f the nonshy children had
become shy. A few o f the shy ones were less shy;
apparently their parents had helped them learn to be
more confident. Most o f these children who had become
more confident were boys.
Shy people have exaggerated feelings about
themselves. They are very concerned about their outward
inherit (v) [in'herit] : tlitfa Infcriig

infant (n) ['infont] : tie con
unfamiliar (adj) [,Anfo'milio] : klidng (/lie n
kindergarten (n) [kindo,gQ:tn] : nlu) ti e'
243
behavior, their feelings o f self-consciousness, and their

physical symptom s o f shyness. They are so anxious about
them selves that the feelings o f others don't touch them. They
think everyone else is very self-confident. Obviously, no one
is com pletely self-confident about their knowledge and
social skills and excellence at work ! veryone is shy in
certain situations.
Can shy people change their behavior? Som etim es they
can force themselves to do things that are difficult. "Practice
m akes perfect." If they practice enough, the difficult
situations become easier. However, it takes a lot o f courage
to do this.
People who have more self-confidence can notice when
people are shy and encourage them to talk and praise them
when they are successful in their j o b or studies. Shy people
feel m iserable much o f the time. Others can help them feel
m ore comfortable.
A. V o c a b u l a r y
confidence stupid stare blush
attractive skilled encouraged infant
unfam iliar inherited personal nausea
1. Shy people are afraid o f new and ___ experiences.

2. A nother word for baby is
3. Is it impolite to ask someone __ ________questions?
4. Some p e o p l e _________ _ when they feel embarrassed.
5. _ _ ______ is a feeling that you want to vomit.
6. John's parents him to stay in school even thou gh his grades
were not very good.
s e lf- c o n sc io u s n e s s (n ) [ , s c lf k o n / esm s] . coin yiac i. j.orny nyuiig

s e lf- c o n fid e n t (n ) [ , s c lf k o n fid o n t] : trftui
e n c o u ra g e d (n ) ['k A ridel] : khuyen I hie h
p ra ise ( v ) [p rc iz ] : tan dift/ii q
244
7. M a r k __________ red liair from his mother.

8. It is impolite t o __________ at people.
9. If you are sure o f yourself, you h a v e __________ in yourself.
10. No question i s __________ if you learn something from it.
11. An electrician is a __________ worker.
B. V ocabulary
courage suggestion deal complains
attractve stare service get out o f
f> exaggerated anxiety concerned praised
1. Most television stars a r e _____ .
2. Shy people suffer f r o m __________ in their relations with other people.
3. Leila i s __________ about her brother. He hasn't called her for three weeks.
4. A brave person has a lot o f __________
5. One o f the students made a good_________ for the International Day program.
6. It is difficult t o __________ with a child who doesn't behave well.
7. Mr. and Mrs. M i k i __________ their son who had just won a prize for his
research paper.
8 . Tom said he earns $1000 every two weeks, but he is really paid only$800.
H e ________.
9. David always tries t o ________ giving a speech in class because he is shy.
10. Ali a lw a y s __________ that he has too much homework.
11. This restaurant has good food, but t h e __________ is slow.
C. V ocabulary R eview
Match the words with the definitions
1. n ervous____________________________ i%2 a. length o f time
2 . p e r io d _____________________________ .7 b. at the same time
3. h a b i t ______________________________ c. stage
4. meanwhile ________________________ d. act in response to something
5. f e v e r ________________________ ______ e. grind
6 . pregnant ___________________________ f. hit
7. l o c a t i o n ________________________ _ g. watch
electrician (n) [ilck'tri/n] \ th<r dien

relation (n) [ri'lei/n] : nidi qnan lie
speech (n) [spi:t/] : hai phut bien
245
f t *fr f t f t f t f t f t f t f t f t
CAUSE AND EFFECT
8 . strike _____________________________ h. die in water

9 . r e a c t _____________________________ i. anxious
1 0 . drown ___________________________ j. usual action
1 1 . solar ____________________________ k. high bod> tem perature
1 2 . observe __________________________ ' I o f the sun
m place
. n. going to become a mother
D. True/False
r 1. Blush means about the same as em b a rra ssed
_____ _ 2. Y oung people blush more than old people.
________ 3. Shy people don't have confidence in themselves.
________ 4. Shy people worry about others because they think maybe they
are shy too.
________ 5. Nonshy people are usually more physically attractive than shy people.
/ 6 . For a shy person giving, a speech is som etim es worse than
going to a party with strangers.
________ 7. Nausea is a physical reaction.
________ 8 . It appears that some individuals learn to be shy as children.
________ 9. Shy people can learn to have more confidence in themselves.
________ 1 0 .Shyness is inherited.
________ 1 l.M ost people never suffer from shyness.
1. What happens when a person blushes?
2. Why does blushing make someone feel even more em barrassed?
3. W hy don’t shy people think about the feelings o f others?
4. What do they think about others in comparison with them selves?
5. What did shy people say was the most difficult thing to do?
6. Which situation in paragraph 6 would make you the most anxious?
7. What are some physical conditions caused by shyness 9
8. Why does the study o f shy infants seem to prove that they inherited shyness?
9. N am e tw o situations shy people would probably like to get out of.
10. Is it easy for a shy person to talk in class? Why?
F. Main Idea
1. 4 (lines 2 1-26)
2. 5 (lines 27-42)
3. 6 (lines 43-54)
4. 10 (lines 84-92)
246
M E D IC IN E A N D H E A L T H f tf t f t f t f t f t f t 'f r f t 'f r
WORD STUDY
A. Word Forms
Verb Noun A djective A dverb
1. anxiety anxious anxiously
2 . encourage encouragement encouraged
3 . discourage discouragement discouraged
4. confide ' confidence confident confidently
personalize person personal personally
stupidity stupid stupidly
attract attraction (un)attractive (un)attractively
inherit inheritance
familiarize familiarity (un)familiar familiarly
1 0 . suggest suggestion
1 1 . complain complaint complainingly
1 2 . exaggerate exaggeration
13. serve service
The students waited to hear the results o f the test,
2a. A shy child needs a lot o f to build self-confidence.
2b. Marie w a s ________ by the results o f her physical exam after a long
illness.
3. Michael f e l t ______ when he wasn't accepted at the university that
was his first choice.
4. Joan stood before the class and began her speech.
5a. If you tell the salesperson your initials, they will your new
suitcase at no extra charge.
5b.__________ , I like my initials on my luggage.
6 . Marie felt because she did the exercise without reading the
directions and did it all wrong.
encouragements (n) [in'kAride3mont] : sif kluiycn kliich

result (n) [ri'zAlt] : ket qua
choice (n) [Lfois] : si/ lifa chon
luggage(n) [’lAgidL3] : lu'inh Iv
247
ftft ft ftftftftft ft ft CAUSE A N D EFFECT
7 H o n e y __________ flies and ants. Flies and ants a r c __________ _ by honey.

8. T o m __________a small business and some money from his father when his
father died His friend received a large________ from his favorite uncle.
9. If y o u __________ yo u rself with the language center before the first day
o f classes, you will not get confused about where you should go.
10. I ________ _ that we take a CPR class this month That’s a good
I 1. If you have a n y __________ about the television set \ o u bought, take it

back to the store.
12. To say that you couldn't go to sleep at all last night is an __________.
You a r e __________ .
13. A w a ite r __________ food in a restaurant.
B. Irregular Verbs
Learn these verbs. Then put the right verb form in the blanks, using the first
verb in the first sentence, and so on.
Simple Past Past Participle

I . tear tore torn
2 . light lit or lighted lit or lighted
3. lie lay lain
4. swell swelled swollen
5. grind ground ground
6 . strike struck struck
7. sting stung stung
8 . stick stuck stuck
9. deal dealt dealt
1. Alice her new blouse.
2. Dan a fire in the living room fireplace.
3. In some countries, it is the custom to down foi
m id d le o f the d av.
b lo u s e (n) [b la u z ] : cm choany
fire p la c e (n) ['fa io p lc i^ ] . Id si«h
248
MEDICINE AND HEALTH * * * * * * * * * *
4. Ms. Baxter’s hand i s __________ because she shut it in the car door.
5. Mr. T h o m a s __________ some fresh coffee beans and made coffee.
6 . When the c l o c k __________ twelve, the people in the street knew it was
noon.
7. Bob g o t __________ by a bee.
8 . The road ru n n e r__________ out its head in front when it runs
9. Mr. Nevins is a car dealer. H e __________ in new and used cars.
C. Two - Word Verbs: Review

1. Sixteen people showed for volleyball practice.
2. Never put ' _____ until tomorrow what you can do today.
3. What time does your plane g e l __________ ?
4. Were you b ro u g h t_____ __ in the city or country?
5. The teacher l e f t __________ one student on the class list.
6. Do you d r e s s __________ for dinner at an expensive restaurant?
7. L o o k __________ ! There’s a hole in the sidewalk.
8. I have to r e a d __________ a subject for my speech.
9. Kim h a d __________ a w arm jacket, so I knew it was cold outside.
10. The Bakers have to buy new shoes for the daughter. She grew
her old ones.
11. We tried to get _ _ _ _ _ _ helping out our cousin, but we had to do it.
D. Missing Words
Fill in any word that is correct.
1.Ho w you feel if you w e r e ___________ cafeteria, you dropped

dishes, __________ every s t a r e d __________ you when they
h e a rd __________ loud crash?
2._Your f a c e __________ red and you c a n't d o ___________ about it.
3. No one __ ________ done much r e s e a rc h __________ it.
4 __________ blush more than men, a n d ___________ people blush more than
__________ people.
noon (n) [nu:n] : budi infa

bring (v) [brir|] : niang
cousin (n) [’kAzn] : ouh clii cm lio
249
* * * * * * * * * * C A U S E A N D EFFECT
5. Some people blush o n l y __________ few seconds, b u t __________ blush

can appear_______disappear for five________ten minutes in other people
6 . One theory says t h a t __________ shy person inherits s h y n e s s ___________
the parent, t h a t __________ , the p e r s o n __________ with this personality
characteristic.
7. Another theory i s __________ shy people never l e a r n e d ___________ to act
__________other people.
E. C o n te x t C lues
These words have more than one meaning. Choose the m eaning o f the words
as they are used in these sentences.
1. Mr. Becker has worked in the field o f computer science for 10 years,
a an area o f specialization
b a place where anim als or plants are raised
c. the place where baseball is played
2. Leila is often late for class because she has to walk so far from her
apartment.
a until now b. such a long distance c. far enough
3. There are 2.2. p o u n d s in a kilo.
a. the unit o f English m oney
b. hits or strikes
c. a unit o f w eight
4. Trappers sometimes c u r e the skins o f the animals they catch before they
sell them.
a. dry and prepare for use
b. make better
c. a kind o f medicine
5. The c u r r e n t value o f gold is S 3 2 1.
a. the movement o f electricity
b. at this time
c. the movement o f a stream o f water in the ocean
6 I know that it isn't so.
a. ver> b. too c true
7. Ali and M uham m ed live in a large apartment com plex near the university
a. related group o f buildings
b complicated
c anxietv
c ur rent (adj) [’kAron t] : lucu lai . x d v m

so far (adv ) [ so u f a: (r)] : cho den run yit'r
250
TESTS WITH ANSWERS
L E S S O N 1. B U R K E A N D W I L L S -
A C R O S S A U S T R A L IA
A. V ocabulary
Gel along Explored Party Journey

Experience Ahead Hero Interior
Base Turn into Expedition Hemisphere
1. Burke and W ills were leaders of an ,_______ across Australia

2. A small group of men continued from the______________ camp
3. The best runner moved_____________of all the others
4. The____________ of a country is aw ay from the coast.
5. Our writing teacher has eight years of teaching_____________
6. A search______________ found the lost child.
7. M ike made a_____________across France by bicycle.
8. Spain and Portugal____________South Am erican in the sixteenth century.
9. Japan is in the northern___________ .
10. Betty and her roommate___________ very well.
B. C o m p reh en sio n : T ru e /false
W rite T for true and F for false

________ 1. The firs people in Australia were Europeans.
________ 2. Burke was a good leader because he had a lot of experience.
________ 3. It was difficult to travel during the rainy season.
________ 4. W hen Burke returned to Cooper's Creek, there was no one there.
________ 5. The Burke and W ills expedition was the first to cross Australia.
C. Tw o - w ord v erbs
Put the right word in the blanks.

1. The desert turned_______________ a sandy swamp.
2. The professor called_____________M aria, but she didn’t know the answer.
3. Their car broke__________ . and they had to walk five kilometers.
251
D. Context clues
Circle the letter of the words that mean the same as the underlined word
1. Carl worked hard all day. went to his evening class, and studied for an hour.
He was exhausted when he went to bed.
a. very tired b. very busy c. very angry
2. Burke and W ills took dishes, clothes, food, and other provisions with them,
a. several men b. horses and camels c. supplies
A N SW E R S
A. 1. expedition 2. base 3. ahead 4. interior

5. experience 6. party 7. journey
8. explored 9. hemisphere 10. get along
B. 1. F 2. F 3. T
4. T 5. T
C. 1. into 2. on 3. down
D. 1. a 2. c.
LESSON 2. ALEXANDRA DAVID - NEEL -

A FRENCH WOMAN IN TIBET
W rite the best word in the blank.

Border Freezes Surrounded Details
Escaped Beggar Adventure Forbid
A rticle Journalist Supported adopted
1. A ____________________ writes articles.
2. Sometimes the______________ between two countries is a river.
3. The dancers were___________ by a group o f people watching them.
4. W ater__________ in very cold weather.
5. Burke left a diary with______________ about his expedition.
6. A dangerous man______________ from the police.
7. D avid-N eel's husband______________ her. He gave her money
8. M r. and Mrs. Rossi______________ a baby from Vietnam
9. A ____________________ asks people for money.
10. Tod ay's newspaper has an interesting____________about Tibet
252
B. Comprehension: True/False
Write T for true and F for false

________ 1. Alexandra David-Neel was mostly interested in discovering new
places.
________ 2. She became interested in travel when she was a child.
________ 3. Alexandra and her husband lived together happily for many years.
________ 4. When people in Tibet talked to David-Neel, they could tell that she
was European.
________ 5. French people learned new information about Tibet and Buddhism
from David-Neel.
C. Articles
Write the, a, or an in the blanks

1. David Gomez is________ doctor
2. He is__________ only doctor in his town
3. What is________ name of____________biggest city in your country?
4. Do you have___________ old or new car?
ANSWERS
A. 1 . journalist 2. border 3. surrounded 4. freezes

5. details 6 . escaped 7. supported
8 . adopted 9. beggar 1 0 . article
B. IF 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T
C. 1 . a 2 . the 3. the; the 4. an
253
Unit
EXPLORERS
I
Read this text and then answer the questions

Roald Amundsen - First at the South Pole
The trip to the South Pole was the last great journey in the history of
exploration. W h y was Roald Amundsen (1872-1928) able to reach the South Pole
when Captain Scott w asn’t?
Amundsen started moving toward his goal at the age of fifteen. He read
everything he could find about polar expeditions. He practiced skiing and walking
in the mountains. He also slept with his bedroom windows open even in winter so
he could prepare for the freezing clim ate of Antarctica. W h e n he was twenty-two.
he nearly died on a ski trip across some mountains because he wasn't prepared. He
had not planned well enough before he left for the mountains. He learned a lesson
from this, and for the rest of his life, he made careful plans for everything he did.
He also studied to be a ship’s captain so he could be the leader of his men on both
the sea and the land.
Amundsen saw life not as one great adventure, but as many adventures. He
made expeditions to the Arctic. On these expeditions he learned from the Eskimos
to dress in warm, loose, comfortable animal skins.
After his A rctic trips, he went on a Belgian expedition to Antarctica. The ship
became locked in the ice. the men did not have enough food or warm clothes, and
they became sick with scurvy. Amundsen saved their lives by k illing birds and sea
animals for food. From this experience he learned again that careful preparation
was very important.
For the final part of the trip to the South Pole, he and four other men left the
base camp and traveled on skis with lightweight sleds and sled dogs. They had to
cross some mountains, but Amundsen had equipment for this. It was difficult, but the
expedition finally reached a plateau. They followed their plans and killed two-thirds
of their dogs for food. They didn’t like eating dog meat, but they knew that it was
necessary. They left most of their supplies on the plateau so they could travel faster
and continued toward the Pole in their skis. The weather cleared, and the snow under
their skis became smooth and easy to travel on. Finally they reached the Pole at 3:00
pm on December 14. 1911. No person had ever walked there before
Six weeks later they were back at their base camp. They h ad traveled 3100
kilometers. A t times they were blinded by the snow, and s o m e tim e s the skin on
their faces and feet froze. They were exhausted when they re a c h e d th e ir base camp,
but they had won. Because Amundsen prepared carefully ar.d le a rn e d from his
experiences, he was the first person to reach the South P o le .
254
A. M ain idea
Choose the main idea of the whole text

_____________ 1. Amundsen was able to reach the South Pole because he planned
carefully.
_______________2. Amundsen made several expeditions to the Arctic and Antarctica.
_______________3. Amundsen began preparing for expeditions in cold climates when
he was fifteen.
B. C om prehension
Circle the letter of the best answer for each question

1. Roald Amundsen died in_________________
a. 1872 b. 1911 c. 1928
2. He practiced skiing______________
a. so he could prepare for a cold climate
b. so he would be ready to travel across snow.
c. so he could travel with sleds and dogs.
3. He learned an important lesson about good preparation__________
a. when he was fifteen, b. on a Belgian expedition c. on a trip to the far North.
4. One reason Amundsen reached the Pole ahead of Scott was that______________
a. he used lightweight sleds and sled dogs
b. he crossed a plateau in the mountains
c. he knew to sail a ship in an icy ocean.
5. Amundsen was lucky because___________
a. he had equipment for climbing mountains
b. he killed most of the dogs for food
c. the weather cleared and the snow was smooth.
C. C o m p reh e n sio n : T rue/false
These sentences are about the lessons in the textbook. W rite T for true and F for false
____________ 1. Vitus Bering led a scientific expedition
____________ 2. Burke and W ills were experienced explorers.
____________ 3. Alexandra David-Neel wanted to discover new places.
____________ 4. Scott and his men died because of bad decisions
and bad luck
____________ 5. Mar> K ing sley wanted teach Christianity to Africans.
255
D. Vocabulary
Match the words with their meanings. Write a letter after the words in the first column
1 . ahead___ a. get away from
2 . separated, b. toward the shore
3. at tim es_ c. in front
4. escape___ d. sometimes
5. frequently, e. 0"C
6 . ashore___ f. at once
7. freezing__ g. not together
h. often
i. toward the interior.
E. Vocabulary
Write the correct word in the blanks

Includes Exhausted Traders Remote
Century Decision Details Borders
Religion Decade Supplies journalist
1. Scott explored during the twentieth
2. Kingsley did not carry many_____ because she ate African food.
3. Antarctica is____________ from the northern hemisphere
4. Japan doesn’t have any, with other countries.
5. Buddhism is a________
6 . Tom is a____________
7. Tell the police all the_ about your car accident.
F. Articles
Put the in the blanks if it is necessary

1 . United States is in___ North America
2 . . Pacific Ocean is_________ _ biggest ocean
3 . ______ second lesson is about a woman.
G. Tw o-w ord verbs
Fill in the blanks with the correct words

1. Bob likes to work________ every afternoon in order to get sorr.e exercise.
2. The bicyclist had to slow__________ because some children were i n the street.
3. Do you have enough money to live_________ ?
256
H. Word forms
Pul the right form of the word in the blanks. Choose a word from the first line for
the first sentence, and so on.

1. accept Acceptance (un) acceptable (un) acceptably
2. treat Treatment
3. colonize Colony colonial
4. equip Equipment (un) equipped
1. Bob did not__________ any money for the work that he did for a friend.
2 Kinsley thanked the Africans for their kind________
3. Mexico used to be a__________ of Spain
4 . is necessary for most sports.
I. C ontext clues
Circle the letter of the meaning of the underlined word

1. Saudi Arabia has a great deal of petroleum
a. some b. a lot c. too much
2. The heat from the sun is inexhaustible
a. never gets tired b. can never be all used upc. very tired
3. Love is an intense feeling
a. strong b. frequent c. inland
ANSWERS
A. 1.
B. l.c 2. b 3. b 4. a 5
C. l .T 2. F 3. F
4. T 5. F
D. l.c 2-g 3. d
4. a 5. h 6. b 7. e
E. 1. century 2 . supplies 3. remote 4. borders
5. religion 6 . journalist 7. details
F. 1. The. 0 2. The. the 3. The
G. l.out 2. down 3. on
H. 1. accept 2 . treatment 3. colony 4. Equipment
I. l . b 2. b 3. a
257
Unit
WORLD ISSUES
II
Read this text and answer the questions

Nuclear W ar and the Environment
On August 6. 1945. the United States dropped a nuclear bomb on Hiroshima.
Japan. This was the first nuclear bomb ever used anywhere. Today the United
States and the U S S R have so many nuclear bombs that their total power is a million
times as great as the first bomb, and both countries continue to make more bombs.
W hat w ill happen to the world if there is a nuclear w ar1 In order to make
people think about this terrible question, a group of scientists published a report in
1983. They said that a nuclear war w ill probably cause a cold, dark “ nuclear
winter” throughout the world. This report says that even a limited war that uses
only ten percent of the available bombs can destroy large areas of the world. Of
course a nuclear bomb can destroy cities and k ill m illions of people. But the fires
from these bombs w ill send huge amounts of smoke into the air. The world’s
population centers have large amounts of plastic and petroleum. The w ill produce
thick, black smoke when they burn. This smoke w ill cover a large percentage of the
northern hemisphere, and only a small amount of sunlight w ill be able to pass
through it. This huge cloud of smoke w ill stay in the air for months or years, and
there w ill be months or years of winter.
Plants do not grow in winter. U su ally they jest until spring comes and the
snow disappears, but a nuclear winter w ill last to long that the plants will die.
People who live hundreds of kilometers from where the bombs fall w ill die of
hunger and cold.
Some plants might live but society w ill be completely disorganized, and there
w ill probably be no agricultural production. M an y countries cannot raise enough
food for their population, so they import it from other countries, mostly in the
northern hemisphere. People in the southern hemisphere w ill die because they will
not be able to buy food from the northern hemisphere.
A nuclear war w ill be the greatest disaster in the history of the world People
everywhere must work together to bnng peace to the world, so no nuclear war can
ever happen.
A. Main idea
C ircle the number of the main idea

1. A nuclear winter w ill be an environmental disaster for the world
258
2. The firs nuclear bomb fell 011 Hiroshima on August 6, 1945.
3. A nuclear war can k ill millions of people.
B. Comprehension: True/false
Write if the sentence is true and F it is false

1. The USSR and the United States now have a million nuclear bombs.
* 2 . More people will die from a nuclear winter than from the bombs themselves.
_______ 3. A nuclear war will affect only the northern hemisphere because the
bombs will be dropped there.
_________ 4. People on farms w ill not be able to start farming again after the moke
disappears.
5. Cities in the southern hemisphere will start importing food from the
northern hemisphere.
C. Comprehension
There questions are about the lessons in the book. Circle the letter of the best
1. Greenpeace_____________ .
a. gets money from international organizations
j£>uses direct and indirect action to protect the environment.
c. believes that ordinary people cannot affect their government’s actions.
2. Tropical rain forests are thick with plants because the climate is hot and humid
and_______________
a. the land is rich in nutrients.
b. they provide materials for hundreds of products
c. the dead plants provide nutrients for the live ones.
a. do more than half of the world’s work
b. usually receive as much pay as men when they do the same amount of work.
c. in A frica get more agricultural training than men because they do more farm
work than men.
4. One of the major reasons for change in family life is___________
a. industrialization
b. that young people don't want to ask old people for help with their problems
c. that the number of extended fam ilies is increasing.
5. Seventy-five percent of the world’s population lives in_______
a. villages b. the southern hemisphere c. third world countries.
259
D. V o c a b u lary
M atch the words with their meanings

1. literate______________________ a. thing
2. form_________________________ b. kind
3. nonviolent___________________ c. amount of moisture in the air
4. figure_______________________ d. number
5. hum idity_____________________ e. way
6. method______________________ ' f. can read and write
7. object_______________________ g. although
8. individual___________________ h. low plant
9. tiny__________________________ ■
/ i person
10. bush_______________________ j. can ’t read and write
k. peaceful
' I. small
E. Articles
W rite an article in the blanks in many cities

1. ' pollution is problem in many cities
2. _ _ _ _ hum idity in upper level of rain forests changes often.
3. B elo w _____________ tall trees there is another level of____________ plants.
4. One kind of___________ insect makes_______ __ tiny path.
F. Tow-word verbs
W rite the right word in each blank

1. H iro can’t figure__________ the answer to the last problem.
2. M ary dropped___________ of the university because she didn't have enough money.
3. It has stopped raining and it’s beginning to___________ up.
4. M y friend said good-bye and hung ________the phone.
5. You have to go to the airport early so you w ill have time to__________ in
G. Irregular verbs
W rite the verb forms

1. froze
2. sink
3. shot
260
H. Word forms
Write the correct word form in the blanks. Use a word from line one in sentence
one and so on. Use the correct verb forms and singular or plural nouns.
1. Disaster Disastrous Disastrously
2 . distribute Distribution
3. use Use Useful/useless Usefully/uselessly
4. industrialize Industry Industrial
Industrialization
5. solve Solution
6. Distance Distant Distantly
7. endanger Danger Dangerous Dangerously
8. (II) literacy (Il)literate
9. own Ownership
owner
1. A nuclear war w ill be______
2. M any people are hungry because of poor_ of food.
3. A pen is___________ for an illiterate person.
4. Poor agricultural countries want to______________
5. Charles__________ his money problems when he got a job.
6. W hat is the______ from your grandfather’s village to the nearest city?
7. Parents have to keep their children away from ______
8. /_______ is a problem in most developing countries.
9. W h o _____________that bicycle?
ANSWERS
A. 1
B. l .F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F
C. l.b 2. c 3. a 4. a 5. c
D. l . f 2. b 3. k 4. d 5. c
6. e 7. a 8. i 9. 1 10. h
E 1. 0. a 2. The. the. o 3. the. o 4. o. a
F. I. out 2 . out 3. clear 4. up 5. check
G. 1. freeze, frozen 2 . sank, sunk 3. shoot, shot
H. 1 . disastrous 2 . distribution 3. useless
4. industrialize 5. solved 6 . distance
7. danger 8 . Illiteracy 9. owns
261
Unit
A MISHMASH
III
(A HODGEPODGE)
Read the text and then answer the questions

Bridges
A bridge stretches across an area that people cannot easily travel over. For
example, there are bridges across rivers, lakes, canyons (deep valleys), dangerous
highways (roads), or railroad tracks for trains. In places where there are no bridges,
we need boats, or we need to travel a long distance around a lake or a canyon. With
bridges we can save time. W e can also avoid crossing a highway or railroad that is
dangerous.
Bridges are a few meters to several kilometers in length. A bridge must be
strong enough to support its own weight as well as the weight of the people and the
vehicles, such as cars and trucks that cross it. Bridges must be strong enough to
resist high winds, earthquakes, and changes in temperature.
Most bridges have a steel frame and a roadway where people and vehicles
travel. Most have at least two supports set in the ground. The distance between the
two supports is called a span. The supports at each end are called abutments. If
there are more supports between the abutments, they are called piers. Most short
bridges have just one span between the two abutments. If there are several spans
between the abutments and the piers, the bridge is called a multi-span bridge. The
largest span in multi-span bridge is the main span.
W hen engineers design bridges, they must analyze the complete situation: the
length needed, the weight that must be carried, and the materials available.
The first bridge was probably just a piece of wood across a small stream.
Today there are steel bridges that carry trains or thousands of cars and huge trucks
every day. They are very complicated compared with the bridges of ancient times.
A. M a in idea
C ircle the number of the main idea

1. A bridge has supports, called piers and abutments, and spans.
2. Engineers design bridges that stretch across rivers, canyons and highuavs.
3. A bridge, with its spans and supports, is an invention that saves people time and
trouble.
262
B. Comprehension
Circle the letter of the best answer.

1. A span___________
a. stretches between two supports
b. holds up a bridge
c. is a roadway
2. The roadway______________
a. holds up the bridge b. hold up the span
c. is a place for vehicles to travel
3. A bridge usually has_____________abutments
a. less than two b. two c. at least two
Resist in line 10 means
a. avoid problems b. compare designs c. not be affected by
A pier is
a. support b. span c. canyon.
A stream in line 23 is a
a. railroad b. river c. support
C. V ocabulary
W rite the right word in each blank

Program G ift Female Energy
Fear Avoid Bother Enclosed
Situation As long as Analyzes Biological
Senses Design Public stories
1. Ann is very lazy. She always tries to doing any work.
2. The United Nations__________ figures and publishes reports on world
population.
3. Hearing is one of the five_____________
4. A woman is___________
5. Sleep is a______________ need.
6. There was a good___________ on television last night.
7. People with a fear of flying are happy__________ they can travel by car.
8. A l i’s home has three___________
9. Government offices are in a___________ building.
10. Architects__________________ buildings.
D. Comprehension: True/false
These questions are about the lessons in the textbook. W rite for true and F for false.
______________ 1 . A phobia is an illogical fear of something.
263
2 One advantage of high-rise buildings is that a lot ol people can
live in a small area.
3. The roadrunner is funny because it fits into environment w ry well.
4. The left hemisphere of the brain controls the left side of the body
in left-handed people.
5. Handwriting analysts say that they learn about a person's haracter
from his or her handwriting.
E. Prepositions
W rite a preposition in each blank

[. A ll____________ _ _ the world pollution is a problem
2 It rams in the desert once___________ a while.
3. Bob is interested______________ sports.
4 . winter, temperatures are colder____________ night than______the day.
5. She doesn’t know much_______________ earthquakes.
6. M ake a list the words you don’t know.
7. A handwriting analyst scores a person_______ one________ ten.
F. Connecting words
Find a sentence in the second column that belongs with the one in the first column.
Connect the two sentences with and. but. or even though. W rite the complete new
sentence.
1. W e all write differently a. It was a tall building in 1884
2. Six stories is not tall for a modem building, b. There are a lot of earthquakes there
3. Building with a steel frame are faster c. W e learn to write the same way in
to build. school.
4. Tokyo has tall buildings d. They have other advantages too.
Ci. Tw o-w ord verbs
F ill in the blanks.

1. U .S. stands____________the United States.
2. Did you see your friend_________when he left for London1
3. Please pick me__________ at 7:000 p.m .
4. A roadrunner's head sticks_________ straight in front when it runs
5. Tom had to clean_______ the kitchen when he finished cookine.
264
H. Word forms
Write the correct word form, including the right verb tense and singular or plural
nouns. Use a word from line one in sentence one and so on.
1 . pollute Pollution (un) polluted
2 . explode Explosion explosive Explosively
Explosive
3. vary Variety various Variously
4. (non) violence (non) violent (non) violently
5. bore boredom boring
6 . instruct instruction instructive
instructor
7. systematize system (un) systematic (un) systematically
8. advantage (dis) advantageous (dis) advantageously
9. strengthen strength strong strongly
1. Many third world villages have_________ water.
2. A nuclear bomb_______ in Hiroshima in 1945
3. The library has a_______ of books on skyscrapers.
4. Some blacks in South Africa are violent when they protest. Others
protest________
5. I didn’t like that television show. It was____________
6 . An____________ is a teacher.
7. A math textbook must be organized____________
8 . Steel frames in buildings are_______________
9. Exercise makes the muscles_____________
ANSWERS
A. 3
B. l . a 2. c 3. b 4. c 5. a
C. 1. avoid 2 . analyzes 3. senses
4. female 5. biological 6 . program 7. as Ion,
8 . stories 9. public 1 0 . design
D. l .T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T
E. l.over 2. in 3. in 4. in. at. during or in
5. about 6 . of 7. from, to
F. 1. even though c 2 . but or even though a 3. and d 4. even though b
G. l.fo r 2 . off 3. up 4. out 5. up
H. 1 . polluted 2 . exploded 3. variety
4. nonviolently 5. boring 6 . instructor
7. systematically 8 . advantageous 9. strong
265
Unit
SCIENCE
IV
READ THIS TEXT AND THEN ANSWER TH E QUESTIONS

ASPHALT
Asphalt is a black petroleum product, it is refined or taken from petroleum in

the same w ay as gas for our cars. Asphalt is also found naturally in some lakes and
rocks. In some places the asphalt is pure, but usually it is mixed with other minerals
and water. It is thermoplastic, that is, it softens and becomes a liquid when it is
heated. It becomes hard again when it is cooled.
Asphalt is the first petroleum product ever used by humans. People in the
Middle East used it thousands of years ago to hold stones together when they made
buildings. They used it as medicine for skin diseases and to make dishes and tools.
People who lived near the ocean used it to waterproof their boats and houses so no
water could enter. Hot asphalt was used in wars. People burned it and used the ashes
as a dye to color cloth. Asphalt was also burned so the smell would kill insects.
People in such areas of the M iddle East as Iraq. Syria, and Bahrain used
asphalt for centuries. Then they taught the Chinese how to use it. Europeans
learned from the Egyptians to use as medicine. Then people forgot about it for
several centuries until it was rediscovered in the middle of the nineteenth century
when the modern petroleum industry began.
Today asphalt has hundreds of uses because it lasts a long time and is
waterproof. It is used to make roads and airport runways where planes land and
take off. It is used to resurface roads when they have too many holes. Because of
this use. it is often called “ blacktop” . W h en it is used to make dams and canals
such as the Panam a and Suez, it is usually mixed with sand and small pieces of
stone. Asphalt roofing is another use.
W e never think jb o u t asphalt, but we use it every day. Our lives would be
very different without this thick, dark liquid.
A. M a in idea
Circle the number of the main idea

1. Asphalt was used by ancient people in the M iddle East.
2. Asphalt is a valuable petroleum product that has been used for centuries.
3. Asphalt has hundreds of uses.
266
B. Com prehension: true/false
Write T for true F for false

_____ 1_____ I. Asphall and gas can both be refined from petroleum
_____ ____ 2. Asphalt is waterproof and thermoplastic
_____ 3. Asphalt can be heated but it will not burn.
______ 4. Europeans learned to use asphalt from the Chinese.
_____ 5. Pure asphalt is valuable because it has useful minerals mixed with it.
_____ 6 . Asphalt resurfacing lasts a long time.
>_____ 7. All asphalt is refined from petroleum
___________ 8 . A canal is a river made by humans.
C. Comprehension
There questions are about the lessons in the textbook. Circle the letter of the correct
answer.
1. Volcanoes are found_________
a. in definite patterns
b. only around the Pacific Ocean
c. wherever there are valuable metals.
2. Snowflakes form around
a. hailstones
b. dust or drops of water
c. alternating layers of ice and snow.
3. People suffer from jet lag because_________
a. they want to sleep during the day and stay awake at night
b. living things have a biological clock
c. at night the blood pressure is higher and the body temperature is lower.
4. The earth is a biosphere because_____________
a. it is a complete, enclosed, balanced environment
b. only water enters and only waste materials leave
c. people can be bom. live, and die on it.
5. M any photovoltaic cells must be used together because__________
a. each one makes only a small amount of electricity.
b. they have no moving parts
c. the chem ical preparation of silicon is expensive
267
D. C o n te x t clues
Circle the letter of the words that mean the same as the underlined word
1. In the past. Canadian farmers used horses to work in their farms, but the
invention of machines and modernization have made horse power obsolete,
a. obvious b. slower than before c. no longer used.
2 The carpet of Wue lupine near the viflage road was beautiful
a. a kind of flower b. a woolen rug c. a layer of material
3. Mary was imperturbable when she saw the fire in her kitchen. She carefully
closed the door, left the house, and asked a neighbor to call the fire department,
a. can’t be excited b. can't be calm c. can’t be scattered.
E. V o c a b u la ry
Match the words with their definitions. Write the letter of a word from the second
column after a word in the first column.
1 . actual__ a. very interesting
2. complex, b. real
3. discuss_ c. balance
4. so far___ d. now
5. fascinating. e. complicated
6 . create____ f. true
7. observe___ g. talk over
8 . scatter____ h. happen
9. occur_____ i. spread around
1 0 . so j. until now
k. watch
I. make
F. v o c a b u la ry
Put the right word in the blanks

Fiction Solid ' Points Ob\ ious
Demanded Mild Efficiently Theory
Source Lessens Tide Transparent
1. The ship couldn't leave the port until high__ because the water
wasn’t deep enough
2. Most movies are not true stories. They are_______
3. The weather is usually______ __m spring.
268
4. A triangle has three____________
5. Have scientists developed a new________ about the beginning of the earth?
6 . Kumiko is from Japan. It is___________ that she speaks Japanese
7. The sun is the_____________ of solar energy
8 . A photovoltaic cell is__________ state
9. Glass is_____________
10. A person’s fear of flying usually_______ after a special class.
G. word forms
Use the right form of the word, including correct verb tenses and singular or plural
nouns, in each sentence. Use a word from the first line in the first sentence and so
on.
1 . fascinate Fascination (un) creative (un) creatively
2 . create Creation
Creativity valuable
3. value Value (in) active (in) actively
4. act Action activity
(im) probability (im) probable (im) probably
5. boredom boring
6 . bore occurrence
7. occur theory theoretical theoretically
8. theorize
1. Tom is______________ by insects
2. ___ is an important characteristic for an artist.
3. W hat is the_____________ of your gold ring?
4. M r. Thomas works______________ for peace in the world
5. A biosphere for 100.000 this year is a/an
6. This lesson is_________________
7. There were three_____________ of pollution our water system this month
8. Professor Sm ith____________that hail starts as a raindrop.
H. T w o -w o rd v e rb s
F ill in the blank

I __________________ . out! I k careful!
2. Do we have to______________ up for the party, or can we come in Jeans?
269
3. W hat time did your brother finally show_________________Iasi night
4. Did the plane get_________yet?
5. Do the whole lesson. D o n 't_______________ out anything
ANSWERS
A. b
B. l.T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5.
6. T 7. F 8. T
C. 1. a 2. b 3. b 4. a 5. a
D. l.c 2. a 3. a
E. l.b 2. e 3- g 4 .j 5. a
6.1 7. k 8. i 9. h 11 i. f
F. 1. tide 2. fiction 3. mild 4. points
5. theory 6. obvious 7. source
8. solid 9. transparent 10. lessens
G. 1. fascinated 2. Creativity 3. value
4. actively 5. improbability 6. boring
7. occurrences 8. theorizes
H. 1. look 2. dress 3. up
4. in 5. leave
270
MEDICINE AND Unit
HEALTH V
Read the text and then answer the questions.

Are you addicted to caffeine? Did you know that caffeine is addictive or habit
forming?
Caffeine is found in coffee, tea. chocolate, cola and pepper drinks such as
Pepsi and Dr. Pepper, some headache remedies and as aspirin, and in some other
kinds of pills.
Millions of people start the day with a cup of coffee. Or two or three cups.
They say that it “wakes you up”, “gets you going in the morning” or “gives you
energy”. This is true because caffeine has a good effect on the body. It gives a
feeling of well-being and relief from tiredness.
However, the effects that follow are not so good. Nervous exhaustion and
anxiety are only the beginning. Caffeine is related to serious medical problems
such as heart disease, low blood sugar, and stomach problems. People who drink
too much caffeine have trouble concentrating on their work or studies because it
causes them to feel tired, restless, and anxious. They complain that it keeps them
awake, causes headaches and nausea, and keeps them from thinking clearly. These
negative effects are natural and unavoidable, even though many people say coffee
doesn’t bother them.
Why do people drink coffee? It is socially encouraged. It is polite to serve
coffee to friends who visit. We meet friends for coffee at a coffee shop or at the
Student Union. We drink coffee with our meals.
Doctors say people should drink only two cups of coffee a day. Do you want
to decrease the amount of caffeine you drink? Here are some suggestions. 1 . Try
drinking decaffeinated coffee, coffee with the caffeine taken out. 2. Coffee
drinking combined with smoking causes heart problems. Don’t do both of them.
3. Drink your two cups of coffee with a meal or right after it, and it won’t have
such a bad effect on your stomach.
If you break your addiction, you will feel much better, and your health will be
improved for the rest of your life.
A. Main idea
Write a sentence for the main idea paragraph four.
271
B. Com prehension: true/false
Write T of true and F for false

___________ 1. Coffee is habit-forming
___________ 2. Coffee gives you energy
___________ 3. If you need to study for a test, coffee will help you concentrate.
___________ 4. If you drink several cups of coffee at meals, you can avoid the
negative effects.
___________ 5. Coffee is an important part of life in some societies
___________ 6 . Caffeine wakes you up at first, but then you feel tired.
_____ I 7. Decaffeinated coffee is better than regular coffee.
C. Summary
Write a summary of the text on Caffeine and Coffee. Write six or seven sentences
(five points).
D. Com prehension
These questions are on the lessons in the textbook. Circle the letter of the correct
answer.
1. Cold remedies____________
a. relieve the symptoms of colds. b. cure colds c. prevent colds.
2 . while you sleep
a. Your brain is blank
b. Your brain doesn’t sleep
c. Your brain rests
3 . can prevent headaches
a. A change in daily living patterns b. Aspirin c. Tension
4. Blushing_______________
a. is the same as shyness
b. appears all over the body
c. is related to general anxiety
5. CPR_________
a. is a cure for sudden death
b. can prevent heart attacks
c. needs complicated technology
272
E. Vocabulary
Match the words with their definitions. Write the letter of the definition after the word.
1 . a great deal a. bad dream
2 . period b. mix up
3. at times c. baby
4. nightmare d. pain
5. confuse e. anxious
6 . adolescent f. happen again
7. permanently g. teenager
8 . meanwhile 1 h. a lot
9. infant i. sometimes
1 0 . recur j. at the same time
k. always
I. length of time
F. Vocabulary
Write the best word in each blank

Warned Physical Swollen Steadily
Miserable Contagious Process Function
Stared Familiar Apparently Charge
1. The weather is_______ today. There is a blizzard and it is very cold.
2. Heart attacks are not_
3. That man looks_____ _. Wasn’t he in our class three years ago?
4. That class should have started twenty minutes ago, but the professor isn’t
here_________ she isn’t coming.
5. David’s grades are only average, but he is improving__________
6 . The__________ of the Ministry of Education is to be in charge of all the
schools and universities in the country.
7. A n n __________ at the strange man walking down the street.
8. Tom’s finger is________ because he hit it with a hammer.
9. The teacher____________ the students that anyone who copied on the exam
would fail.
10. All the students need a_ . exam before they can enter the university.
G. Cause and effect
Write the cause or effect for each of these sentences. Write complete sentences.
273
1 . Cause: People learn CPR.
Effect:
2. Cause: The arteries in the head swell and send pain signals to the brain
Effect:
3. Cause:
Effect: Some people are afraid to complain about the s e r v ic e in a restaurant or
to volunteer to do something.
H. Irregular verbs
Write the missing verb forms

1 . lie
2. Tore
3. Struck
4. Ground
5. swollen
I. Two-word verbs
Write the correct word in each blank
1. The doctor_________ charge of the people in the accident
2. Susan grew________ her clothes from last year
3. Did your friend___________ up yet? No. he hasn’t arrived.
J. Word form s
Write the correct form of the word in each blank
(relieve) 1. Barbara felt____when she found out she had passed the test
(polite) 2. Different societies have different ideas o f _________
(relate) 3. Ali and Ibrahim are__ _. Thev are cousins.
(die) 4. Tom’s grandmother is_
(anxious) 5. Carlos waited_______ for news from his family
(complain) 6 . One of the students, ______ that the teacher was giving too
much homework.
ANSWERS
A. suggested answer: Caffeine causes a lot of medical problem^
B. I T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 6.T 7. T
C. example of a summary': Caffeine, which is found in coffee, tea. chfxnlate. cola
drinks, and. some medicines, is addictive. Coffee has a good effect when you first
274
drink it, but then it can cause many bad effects. It is related to medical problems
such as heart disease, and it causes anxiety, headaches, nausea, and other problems.
Il keeps people awake and slows down concentration. People drink it because it is
socially encouraged. You will feel better if you drink only two cups a day.
D. 1 . a 2.b 3.a 4. c 5. a
E. 1 . h 2.1 3. i 4. a 5. b
7. k 8. j 9. c 10. f
F. 1 . miserable 2 . contagious 3. familiar 4. Apparently
5. steadily 6 . function 7. stared
8 . swollen 9. warned 1 0 . physical
C. suggested answers
1. They can save lives
2. The person gets a headache
3. They are shy
H. 1. lay, lain 2 . tear, torn 3. strike, struck
4. grind, ground 5. swell, swelled
I. 1 . took 2 . out of 3. show
J. 1. relieved 2 . (im) politeness 3. related or relatives
4. dead 5. anxiously 6 . complained.
275
Cause and Effect
KIM T H U cliti giai
NHA XUAT BAN VAN HOA THONG TIN

43 Lo Due - Ha Noi
DT: 04. 9 7 1 9 5 1 2 - 04. 9 7 2 2 6 1 3
Chiu trach nhiem xuat ban:

BUI V IE T BA C
Chiu trach nhiem ban thao:
NGUYEN VAN KHUONG
Bien tap: N G U Y E N G IA T H A l
Sira ban in: T A C G lA
Bia:K IM X U A N
In 1000 cuon, kho 14.5 x 20.5cm tai: X N in cong N ghe - 260 C au Giay
G iav phep xuat ban so: 340 - 2008 / CX B / 96 - 51 / V H T T
In xong va luu chifiu quy II - 2008

Cause and Effect

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cause and Effect

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

KIM THU

Patricia Ackert Gidi thieu va chu giai

NHA XUAT BAN VAN HOA - THONG TIN

Unit II W orld Issues

Unit III A M ishm ash (A Hodgepodge)

Unit_V M edicine and Health

interior (n) [in'tiorio] : vi'ing d a l ben tro n g

and set up their base camp. They were halfway across

sand storm (n) [siendsto:m] : bao cat

exploration /I decision ^hemisphere 4ex Per'ence

Continent (n) ['kontinont] : chan luc ,lnc clia

1. Burke and Wills led a n ______________into the interior o f Australia

supply (n) [so'plai] : ngtion tai Ira, vien tro

_______4. Much o f the interior o f Australia is swampy all year long.

Answ er these questions in complete sentences. An asterisk (*) means it is

What is the main idea o f paragraph 4 (lines 20-25)?

1. Robert Burke led this expedition.

swampy (adj) ['swompi] : lay loi

turn into - changc into, become

1 Our washing machine _____ t________ yesterday and I couldn’t finish

B. Articles (a, an, the)

1. Other years rainstorms turn____________ desert into sandy swamps.

turn into (v) [to:n ’intu:, ’into] n o lien

3. Iii I860, _____________ Robert O'Hara Burke, ______________ police

1. She started working as a journalist, writing articles about Asia and

journalist (n) [’d3e:nelist] n lia b a o

plateau (n) [’pLctou] c a o n g tty e n

She traveled all over Europe and North Africa, but

support (v) [so'p v t] c u n g c a p . lo t n o

research (n) [ri'se:t/, ’ri:so:t/] s it lighten cihi

1. It's hot today. What is t h e ____

surround (v) [se'raund] : bi bao boc

1. Alexandra David-Nee! went to Asia t o ______________ _

adopt sb (v) [o'd.Tpt] : chain, m idi ai

7. David-Neel said t h a t ______________.

Always answer the comprehension questions with complete sentences.

1. Why is Tibet a mysterious country?

What is the main idea o f paragraph 3 (lines 14-18)?

1. Alexandra read books on travel and adventure.

Verb Noun Adjcctive A d verb

1. mystify mystery mysterious mysteriously

1. I saw an exciting television program last night. It was a ___________ .

beg (v) [beg] xin an

Put these compound words in the right blanks.

horseback sandstorm snowstorm keyhole

horseback (n) [’h x s b i e k ]

complete (adj) [kom'pli.t] d a y du Jinan clnnli

report (v) [ri’po :t] llid n g b o o . b a o c a o

sink (v) [sir|k] : dam , chi in

His expedition gathered important scientific

complete realize included delay

great (adj) [grcit] i f dai

1. Ali is studying English go to an American university.

C. Vocabulary Review: Definitions

E. C om p reh en sion questions

1. It took 7 years to cross Siberia.

similar (adj) ['similo] : tuang t i f , giong iilicui

How would you read these things? Use these answers:

1. a letter from your parents

B. W ord Forms: Verbs

midnight (n) [’midnait] i u fa item

1. Isamu's English is not very good. He frequently makes mistakes,

2. Oil, gas, and wood are all kinds o f fuel,

4. Jean was in an automobile accident and injured her leg.

1 Our washing machine _ t____ yesterday and I couldn’t finish

3. Iii I860, _ Robert O'Hara Burke, __ police